{"title":"Computer hardware Books","description":"","products":[{"product_id":"principles-of-computer-hardware-9780199273133","title":"Principles of Computer Hardware","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe understanding of fundamental computer components and systems lies at the heart of those enabling computer technologies that pervade our lives. Principles of Computer Hardware explores the fundamentals of computer structure, architecture, and programming that underpin the array of computerized technologies around which our lives are built.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTrade Review\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe fourth edition of this classic textbook continues to encompass the range of topics that comprise a typical introductory university level course in computer hardware. As with the previous edition the author writes with great clarity, and conveys both his expertise and enthusiasm for the subject. This is a great choice for adoption in an introductory hardware course in computer science and related disciplines. * ITNow, 2006 *\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1.  Introduction to computer hardware ; 2. Gates, Circuits, and Combinational Logic ; 3. Sequential logic ; 4. Computer arithmetic ; 5. The Instruction Set Architecture ; 6. Assembly language programming ; 7. Structure of the CPU ; 8. Accelerating Performance ; 9. Processor Architectures ; 10. Buses and Input\/Output Mechanisms ; 11. Peripherals for Computers ; 12. Computer memory ; 13. The CPU, memory and the operating system ; 14. Computer communications ; Appendices ; Bibliography ; Index","brand":"Oxford University Press","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48732839838039,"sku":"9780199273133","price":78.84,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780199273133.jpg?v=1719998620"},{"product_id":"windows-10-portable-genius-9781119763574","title":"Windows 10 Portable Genius","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments iii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroduction x\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 1 How Do I Customize Windows? 2\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorking with Settings 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOpening the Settings app 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSynchronizing settings\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ebetween PCs 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAccessing an app’s settings 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCustomizing the Start Menu 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePinning an app to the Start menu 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eArranging and sizing Start menu tiles 8\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCustomizing Start menu settings 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCustomizing the Taskbar 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePinning an app to the taskbar 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCustomizing taskbar settings 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCustomizing the taskbar’s notification area 13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCustomizing the Lock Screen 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChanging the Lock screen background 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding an app to the Lock screen 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExtending Your Desktop with Multiple Monitors 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting Up Multiple Desktops 20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding a new desktop 20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSwitching to another desktop 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMoving an app to a different desktop 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 2 How Can I Make the Most of Surfing the Web? 24\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTaking Advantage of Tabs 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOpening a link in a new tab 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating a new tab 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCustomizing the new tab page 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNavigating tabs 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDuplicating a tab 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePinning a tab 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eControlling which tabs appear at startup 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eClosing tabs 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSaving Your Favorite Pages 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding a page to the Favorites list 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorking with the Favorites bar 31\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOpening a page from the Favorites list 33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMaintaining favorites 33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCustomizing Edge 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChanging the Edge search engine 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChanging the theme 35\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting the default zoom level 36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCustomizing the toolbar 37\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCustomizing the font 39\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 3 How Do I Maximize Sending and Receiving Email? 42\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eManaging Mail Accounts 44\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding an account 44\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChanging the account name 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDeleting an account 47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting Options for Incoming Messages 47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCustomizing account sync settings 48\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCombining the Focused and Other tabs 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGrouping messages individually 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eControlling notifications 50\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSwitching between accounts 51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting Send Options 51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating a signature 51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting the default message font 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChanging your message priority 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRunning the spell-checker to eliminate message errors 55\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 4 Can I Use Windows to Manage Contacts and Appointments? 58\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eManaging Your Contacts 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding contacts from an existing account 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating a contact 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eViewing contacts 64\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEditing a contact 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAssigning a photo to a contact 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating a new contact from an electronic business card 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFiltering your contacts 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLinking multiple profiles to a contact 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDeleting a contact 70\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTracking Your Events 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eViewing your calendar 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding an event to your calendar 72\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating a recurring event 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding an event reminder 74\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting up an online meeting 74\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCustomizing your calendar 76\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 5 What Other Day-to-Day Tasks Can I Perform? 78\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFinding Stuff on Your PC 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eViewing your timeline 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSearching your PC 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring the Cortana Voice Assistant 83\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eControlling your PC with Cortana 84\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMaking Video Calls 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring Skype 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCalling someone using Skype 86\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDealing with an incoming Skype call 86\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorking with Maps 87\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGiving Maps access to your location 87\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDisplaying a location on a map 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting directions to a location 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChecking the Weather 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChecking your weather forecast 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChecking another city’s weather forecast 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 6 How Do I Max Out the Windows Image Tools? 96\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting Images into Your PC 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eImporting images from a smartphone or digital camera 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eScanning an image 99\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTaking a picture or video with your PC camera 101\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eViewing Your Images 103\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing File Explorer to view your images 103\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing the Photos app to view your images 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStarting a slide show 106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEnhancing Your Images 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCropping an image 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eApplying a filter 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding a vignette effect 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRepairing Your Images 111\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRotating an image 111\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStraightening an image 111\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdjusting the light 112\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdjusting the colors 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEnhancing image clarity 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting rid of red eye 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFixing small flaws 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 7 Can I Share My Computer? 118\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSharing Your PC via User Accounts 120\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating a user account 120\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSwitching between accounts 122\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChanging your user account picture 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChanging the account type 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDeleting an account 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSharing Your PC with a Child 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding a child to your PC 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting restrictions on a child’s account 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSharing PC Resources 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSharing a document or folder 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSwitching to advanced sharing 134\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSharing a folder with other users on the network 135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProtect your shared folders with advanced file permissions 136\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003echapter 8 How Can I Get More from a Tablet PC? 138\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorking in Tablet Mode 140\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eControlling Windows with Gestures 141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding gestures 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing gestures to control Windows 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInputting Text with the Touch Keyboard 143\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDisplaying the touch keyboard 143\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSelecting a touch keyboard type 144\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing the touch keyboard 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEntering text using the handwriting panel 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring the touch keyboard 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting Power and Battery Options 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMonitoring battery life 150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting the power mode 150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdjusting screen brightness 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSwitching to Battery Saver mode 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating a custom power plan to improve battery life 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChecking out more ways to save energy 153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 9 How Do I Work with Documents? 156\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEditing Documents 158\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating a new document 158\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSaving a document 158\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOpening a document 159\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChanging the text font 160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFinding text 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReplacing text 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInserting special symbols 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSaving a copy of a document 167\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTaking Notes with OneNote 168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating a OneNote notebook 168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding pages and sections to a notebook 168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding and working with text notes 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding an image to a notebook page 172\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorking with notebook lists 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorking with Files 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSelecting a file 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChanging the file view 176\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePreviewing a file 176\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCopying a file 178\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMoving a file 178\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRenaming a document 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating a new file 180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDeleting a document 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExtracting files from a compressed folder 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSpecifying a different app when opening a document 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 10 What Are Some Ways to Enhance PC Security? 188\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEnhancing Sign-In Security 190\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating a strong password 190\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUpdating your account password 191\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating a picture password 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSigning in with a PIN 193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting up a fingerprint sign-in 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLocking Your PC to Prevent Others from Using It 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLocking your computer 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring your PC to lock automatically 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEnhancing Your Privacy 198\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMaking the Start menu more private 198\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eControlling your private information 199\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStopping an app’s notifications 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eClearing your activity history 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eResetting your computer to preserve privacy 202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 11 How Do I Increase Internet Privacy and Security? 204\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMaking the Web More Secure 206\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAvoiding viruses 206\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOpting to never save a site’s password 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDeleting a saved website password 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMaking the Web More Private 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDeleting your browsing data to ensure privacy 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTurning on private browsing 211\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePreventing ad sites from tracking you online 211\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEnabling strict tracking prevention 212\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePreventing sites from requesting your location 213\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEnhancing Email Security and Privacy 215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAvoiding viruses in email 215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePreventing messages from opening automatically 216\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThwarting web bugs by blocking images in messages 216\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAvoiding phishing scams 217\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003echapter 12 How Do I Maintain Windows? 220\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePerforming a Few Maintenance Chores 222\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eScheduling automatic maintenance 222\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChecking hard drive free space 223\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDeleting unnecessary files 225\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSafeguarding Your Files 226\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKeeping a history of your files 226\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRestoring a file from your history 227\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating a system image backup 228\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing the Windows Recovery Environment 229\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding the Recovery Environment’s tools 229\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAccessing the Recovery Environment 230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorking with a Recovery Drive 233\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating the recovery drive 233\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBooting your PC using the recovery drive 234\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorking with Restore Points 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating a system restore point 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReverting to an earlier restore point 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 238\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48738366816599,"sku":"9781119763574","price":11.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781119763574.jpg?v=1723811982"},{"product_id":"iphone-portable-genius-9781119763628","title":"iPhone Portable Genius","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eYour step-by-step guide to iPhone mastery\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eiPhone Portable Genius\u003c\/i\u003e delivers a practical and simple guide to quickly learning everything you need to know about the iPhone. Whether you''re a novice user with Apple products or a seasoned pro, you''ll find a wealth of info designed to show you how to configure your iPhone, set up accounts, manage your contacts and appointments, take stunning pictures, and surf the web. All while keeping your identity and accounts private and secure.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBefore you know it, you''ll be:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eMastering the touchscreen\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eSetting up your iPhone to suit the way you work and play\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eConnecting your iPhone to Wi-Fi and setting up your phone as an internet hub\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eSolving the most common iPhone problems\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eGetting the most out of email\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003eWith straightforward and step-by-step instructions in a portable and convenient package and engaging illustrations, \u003ci\u003eiPhone Portable Genius\u003c\/i\u003e is the ideal res\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments iv\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroduction x\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 1 How Do I Start Using My iPhone? 2\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorking with the Side Button 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSleeping and waking the iPhone 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePowering the iPhone on and off 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSilencing or declining a call 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMaking a purchase 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorking with the Ring\/Silent Switch 8\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOperating the Volume Controls 8\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInserting a SIM Card 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOperating the Touchscreen 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNavigating the touchscreen 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSearching your iPhone 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSwitching between running apps 13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTyping on the keyboard 13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRunning Your iPhone from the Control Center 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 2 How Do I Configure My iPhone? 22\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCustomizing the Home Screen 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating an app folder 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding a web page bookmark to the Home screen 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorking with App Notifications 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDisplaying the Notification Center 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHandling notifications within the Notification Center 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCustomizing notifications 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring Do Not Disturb settings 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMore Useful iPhone Configuration Techniques 31\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChanging the name of your iPhone 32\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTurning sounds on and off 32\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCustomizing the keyboard 33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting up Apple Pay 35\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring Siri 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eControlling your privacy 39\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProtecting Your iPhone 39\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLocking your iPhone with a passcode 39\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlocking your iPhone biometrically 40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring parental controls 41\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLocating and protecting a lost iPhone 41\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 3 How Do I Connect My iPhone to a Network? 46\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConnecting to a Wi-Fi Network 48\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMaking your first connection 48\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eShowing available Wi-Fi networks automatically 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConnecting to known networks 50\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConnecting to a hidden Wi-Fi network 50\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSending a file from your Mac to your iPhone 51 Forgetting a Wi-Fi network 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTurning off the Wi-Fi antenna 53\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting Up Your iPhone as an Internet Hub 53\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eActivating the Personal Hotspot 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConnecting to the hotspot using Wi-Fi 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKeeping an Eye on Your Data Usage 55\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eControlling Network Data 56\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTurning off LTE 56\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTurning off cellular data 56\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eControlling cellular data usage 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTurning off data roaming 58\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSwitching to Low Data Mode 58\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSwitching your iPhone to Airplane Mode 58\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePairing Your iPhone to Bluetooth Devices 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMaking your iPhone discoverable 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePairing your iPhone with a Bluetooth keyboard 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePairing your iPhone with a Bluetooth headset 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSelecting a paired headset as the audio output device 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnpairing your iPhone from a Bluetooth device 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 4 How Can I Get More Out of the Phone App? 64\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorking with Outgoing Calls 66\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMaking calls quickly 66\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAutomatically dialing\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eextensions or menu options 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eVoice dialing a call with Siri 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring your iPhone not to show your caller ID 70\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHandling Incoming Calls 70\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAnswering a call on other devices 70\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSending an incoming call directly to voicemail 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReplying with a message 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting a callback reminder 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTurning off the call waiting feature 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBlocking incoming calls 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eForwarding calls to another number 74\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eJuggling Multiple Calls and Conference Calls 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eManaging Your Favorites List 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 5 How Can I Make the Most of iPhone Web Surfing? 80\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTouchscreen Tips for Web Sites 82\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBrowsing Tips for Faster Surfing 83\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOpening and managing multiple browser tabs 84\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOpening a tab in the background 86\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eViewing a page without distractions 86\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRequesting a web site’s desktop version 86\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSaving sites as bookmarks 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eManaging your bookmarks 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSaving a page to read later 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRetracing your steps with the handy History list 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFilling in Online Forms 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTurning on AutoFill for faster form input 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSaving web site login passwords 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding web site passwords manually 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting More Out of Safari on Your iPhone 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMaintaining your privacy by\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003edeleting the History list 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDeleting website data 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBrowsing privately 99\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChanging the default search engine 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSearching web page text 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSearching the web with Siri voice commands 101\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSharing a link via AirDrop 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 6 How Do I Maximize iPhone Email? 104\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eManaging Your iPhone Email Accounts 106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding an account by hand 106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSpecifying the default account 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTemporarily disabling an account 109\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDeleting an account 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSwitching to another account 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring Email Accounts 111\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eManaging multiple devices by leaving messages on the server 111\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFixing outgoing email problems by using a different server port 112\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring authentication for outgoing mail 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring Email Messages 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating iCloud message folders 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAttaching a file from iCloud Drive 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFormatting email text 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating a custom iPhone signature 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDisabling remote images in messages 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePreventing Mail from organizing messages by thread 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMaintaining messages with gestures 119\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring Mail’s swipe options 119\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMarking all messages as read 120\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eControlling email with Siri voice commands 120\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 7 How Do I Max Out My iPhone’s Photo and Video Features? 122\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTaking Great iPhone Pictures 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTaking a basic photo 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChecking out the iPhone camera features 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFocusing the shot 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLocking the focus and exposure 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eShooting in low light with Night Mode 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTaking live photos 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTaking a portrait photo 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTaking a panoramic photo 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChanging the zoom level 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChanging the aspect ratio 134\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eApplying a filter 135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTaking a time-delayed photo 135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTaking time-lapse photos 136\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePreventing blurry iPhone photos 136\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting More Out of iPhone Photos 137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eScrolling, rotating, zooming, and panning photos 138\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEnhancing a photo 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCropping and straightening 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eApplying a filter 141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdjusting a photo’s lighting 141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating a photo album 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting More Out of iPhone Videos 143\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRecording video with an iPhone camera 143\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting the recording format for video and slo-mo 144\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEditing recorded video 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePlaying iPhone videos on your TV 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStreaming iPhone video to Apple TV 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMirroring the iPhone screen on your TV 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 8 Can I Use My iPhone to Manage Contacts and Appointments? 150\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eManaging Your Contacts 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating a new contact 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEditing an existing contact 153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding a photo to a contact 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating a custom label 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eManaging contacts with Siri voice commands 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTracking Your Events 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding an event to your calendar 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEditing an existing event 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting up a repeating event 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConverting an event to an all-day event 158\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding an alert to an event 158\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eControlling events with Siri voice commands 160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating Reminders 161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting a reminder for a specific time 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting a reminder for a specific location 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating a new list 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCompleting a reminder 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDeleting a reminder 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting the default Reminders list 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting reminders with Siri voice commands 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 9 How Do I Use My iPhone to Navigate My World? 168\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFinding Your Way with Maps and GPS 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSearching for a destination 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting info about a destination 172\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDisplaying your current location 172\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSeeing what’s near you 174\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDisplaying a map of a contact’s location 174\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMapping an address from an email 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSpecifying a location when you don’t know the exact address 176\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting directions to a location 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting more info about a location 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eControlling Maps with Siri voice commands 180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring Location Services 180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTurning off location services 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eControlling app access to GPS 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEnabling or disabling system location services 182\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSharing Map Data 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 10 How Do I Keep My Life in Sync with iCloud? 184\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding iCloud 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding iCloud System Support 187\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring iCloud on Your iPhone 187\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting up your iCloud account on your iPhone 188\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting up iCloud synchronization on your iPhone 189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting up and using Family Sharing 189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting up iCloud Keychain 191\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBacking up your iPhone 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eManaging your iCloud storage 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChanging your iCloud storage plan 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUpgrading to iCloud Drive 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring iCloud on Your Mac 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting up an iCloud account on your Mac 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting up iCloud synchronization on your Mac 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring iCloud on Your Windows PC 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 11 How Do I Fix My iPhone? 198\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGeneral Techniques for Troubleshooting Your iPhone 200\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTroubleshooting connected devices 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eResetting the iPhone 202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eErasing and restoring data and settings 204\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUpdating software 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTaking Care of the iPhone Battery 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTracking battery use 206\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChecking battery health 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTips for extending battery life 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSolving Specific Problems 211\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe iPhone screen won’t respond to taps 212\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eYour battery won’t charge 212\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eYou have trouble accessing a Wi-Fi network 212\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAn app is taking up a large amount of space 214\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 218\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48738366914903,"sku":"9781119763628","price":11.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781119763628.jpg?v=1723811981"},{"product_id":"foundations-of-python-network-programming-9781430230038","title":"Foundations of Python Network Programming","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis second edition of \u003cem\u003eFoundations of Python Network Programming\u003c\/em\u003e targets Python 2.5 through Python 2.7, the most popular production versions of the language. Python has made great strides since Apress released the first edition of this book back in the days of Python 2.3. The advances required new chapters to be written from the ground up, and others to be extensively revised. \u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou will learn fundamentals like IP, TCP, DNS and SSL by using working Python programs; you will also be able to familiarize yourself with infrastructure components like memcached and message queues. You can also delve into network server designs, and compare threaded approaches with asynchronous event-based solutions. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBut the biggest change is this edition''s expanded treatment of the web. The HTTP protocol is covered in extensive detail, with each feature accompanied by sample Python code. You can use your HTTP protocol expertise by studying an entire chapter on screen scraping and you can \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntroduction to Client\/Server Networking \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUDP \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTCP \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSocket Names and DNS \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNetwork Data and Network Errors \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTLS and SSL \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eServer Architecture \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCaches, Message Queues, and Map-Reduce \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHTTP \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eScreen Scraping \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeb Applications \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eE-mail Composition and Decoding \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSMTP \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePOP \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIMAP \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTelnet and SSH \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFTP \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRPC \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e","brand":"Springer-Verlag Berlin and Heidelberg GmbH \u0026 Co. KG","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48739150266711,"sku":"9781430230038","price":49.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781430230038.jpg?v=1720051317"},{"product_id":"learn-to-program-with-assembly-9781484274361","title":"Learn to Program with Assembly","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cdiv\u003eMany programmers have limited effectiveness because they don''t have a deep understanding of how their computer actually works under the hood.  In Learn to Program with Assembly, you will learn to program in assembly language - the language of the computer itself. \u003c\/div\u003e\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cdiv\u003eAssembly language is often thought of as a difficult and arcane subject.  However, author Jonathan Bartlett presents the material in a way that works just as well for first-time programmers as for long-time professionals.  Whether this is your first programming book ever or you are a professional wanting to deepen your understanding of the computer you are working with, this book is for you.  The book teaches 64-bit x86 assembly language running on the Linux operating system.  However, even if you are not running Linux, a provided Docker image will allow you to use a Mac or Windows computer as well.\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cdiv\u003eThe book starts with extremely simple prog\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eChapter 1: IntroductionChapter 2: The Truth About ComputersPart I: Assembly Language BasicsChapter 3: Your First ProgramChapter 4: Registers and Simple ArithmeticChapter 5: Comparison, Branching and LoopingChapter 6: Working with Data in MemoryChapter 7: Data RecordsChapter 8: Signed Numbers and Bitwise OperationsChapter 9: More Instructions You Should KnowPart II: Operating System BasicsChapter 10: Making System CallsChapter 11: The Stack and Function CallsChapter 12: Calling Functions from LibrariesChapter 13: Common and Useful Assembler DirectivesChapter 14: Dynamic Memory AllocationChapter 15: Dynamic LinkingPart III: Programming Language TopicsChapter 16: Basic Language Features Represented in Assembly LanguageChapter 17: Tracking Memory AllocationsChapter 18: Object-Oriented ProgrammingChapter 19: Conclusion and AcknowlegmentsPart IV: AppendicesAppendix A: Getting Set Up with DockerAppendix B: The Command LineAppendix C: Debugging with GDBAppendix D: Nasm (Intel) Assembly Language SyntaxAppendix E: Common x86-64 InstructionsAppendix F: Floating Point NumbersAppendix G: The Starting State of the StackAppendix H: ASCII, Unicode, and UTF-8Appendix I: OptimizationAppendix J: A Simplified Garbage CollectorAppendix K: Going to an Even Lower Level\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"APress","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48739666821463,"sku":"9781484274361","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"windows-10-plain-simple-9781509306732","title":"Windows 10 Plain \u0026 Simple","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cb\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eLearn the simplest ways to get things done with Windows 10\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cb\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cb\u003eHere’s WHAT you’ll learn\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cb\u003e• Navigate Windows 10 Fall Creators Update quickly, easily, and efficiently \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cb\u003e• Get online with the sleek Microsoft Edge web browser \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cb\u003e• Make the most of the Cortana personal assistant \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cb\u003e• Efficiently manage your email, calendar, photos, and more \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cb\u003e• Access your files from anywhere with Microsoft OneDrive \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cb\u003e• Help secure your computer and protect your data \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cb\u003eHere’s HOW you’ll learn\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cb\u003e• Jump in wherever you need answers \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cb\u003e• Follow easy steps and screenshots to see exactly what to do \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cb\u003e• Get handy tips for new techniques and shortcuts \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cb\u003e• Use Try This! exercises to apply what you learn right away\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e    Chapter 1 About this book   \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e    Chapter 2 First look at Windows 10   \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e    Chapter 3 Navigating Windows 10   \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e    Chapter 4 Customizing the appearance of Windows 10   \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e    Chapter 5 Working with productivity applications   \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e    Chapter 6 Finding content with File Explorer and Cortana   \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e    Chapter 7 Making Windows accessible   \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e    Chapter 8 Accessing and managing networks   \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e    Chapter 9  Going online with Microsoft Edge   \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e    Chapter 10 Connecting with others   \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e    Chapter 11 Using Mail   \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e    Chapter 12 Shopping for apps in the Microsoft Store   \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e    Chapter 13 Enjoying music   \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e    Chapter 14 Recording and watching videos   \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e    Chapter 15 Working with the Camera and Photos apps   \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e    Chapter 16 Keeping on schedule with Calendar   \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e    Chapter 17 Tracking your news, sports, and stocks   \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e    Chapter 18 Checking the weather   \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e    Chapter 19 Using Maps   \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e    Chapter 20 Playing with Xbox games   \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e    Chapter 21 Adding and working with other devices   \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e    Chapter 22 Working with OneDrive   \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e    Chapter 23 Maintaining and protecting your computer   \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e    Chapter 24 Troubleshooting   \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e    Appendix: Taking advantage of Windows 10 keyboard shortcuts       \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Microsoft Press,U.S.","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48739834167639,"sku":"9781509306732","price":18.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781509306732.jpg?v=1720053256"},{"product_id":"easy-micro-bit-projects-9781680455540","title":"Easy micro – bit Projects","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLearn the basics of using the micro: bit, an open source hardware ARM-based embedded system used to teach computer programming, to build a series of 10 different gadgets from scratch!  You'll use the micro: bit to make:  a scrolling name tag, animated LED displays a high-tech compass. a handheld tilting game with a buzzer and saved high score a carnival-like strength tester a powered cooling fan helmet an electronic musical instrument a security system that sends alerts to your computer when someone enters the room. a wheeled robot an alert to water your plants   You will learn how simple electrical devices like speakers, motors, buzzers and fans work. You'll understand electronic components like resistors, force resistors, photoresistors, LEDs, and Op Amps, as well as Infrared distance sensors and soil moisture sensors. You'll also get a beginner's look at micropython, one of the fastest-growing computer languages. In this book you will combine multiple disciplines -- electronics, programming, and engineering -- to build a series of successful gadgets.  Everything is explained with lots and lots of full-color line drawings. No prior experience is necessary. You'll have fun while you learn a t","brand":"O'Reilly Media","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48740847190359,"sku":"9781680455540","price":7.59,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781680455540.jpg?v=1720055813"},{"product_id":"forensic-computing-9781846283970","title":"Forensic Computing","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eIn the second edition of this very successful book, Tony Sammes and Brian Jenkinson show how the contents of computer systems can be recovered, even when hidden or subverted by criminals. Equally important, they demonstrate how to insure that computer evidence is admissible in court. Updated to meet ACPO 2003 guidelines, Forensic Computing: A Practitioner's Guide offers: methods for recovering evidence information from computer systems; principles of password protection and data encryption; evaluation procedures used in circumventing a system’s internal security safeguards, and full search and seizure protocols for experts and police officers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTrade Review\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eFrom the reviews of the second edition:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\"This book was the product of an ‘arms race’. … It is now listed as the standard text around which all the Forensic Computing courses at Cranfield and some other universities are based. … It is filled with good practical advice and is especially good on interpreting partition tables. … All in all this is a useful … guide to the discipline. … Truly the forensic computing expert is living in interesting times.\" (Alikelman, June, 2009)\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eForensic Computing\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding Information\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIT Systems Concepts\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePC Hardware and Inside The Box\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDisk Geometry\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe New Technology File System\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Treatment of PCs\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Treatment of Electronic Organisers\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLooking Ahead (Just a little bit more)\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendices: Common Character Codes; Some Common File Format Signatures; A Typical Set of POST codes; Typical BIOS Beep Codes and Error Messages; Disk Partition Table Types; Ezxtended Partitions; Registers and Order Code for the INtel 8086; NFTS Boot Sector and BIOS Parameter Block; MFT Header and Attribute Maps; The Relationship Between CHS and LBA Addressing; Alternate Data Streams - a Brief Explanation\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Springer London Ltd","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48742167576919,"sku":"9781846283970","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"logic-gates-circuits-processors-compilers-and-computers-9783030685522","title":"Logic Gates, Circuits, Processors, Compilers and","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis undergraduate textbook first introduces basic electronic circuitry before explaining more advanced elements such as the Arithmetic Logic Unit, sequential circuits, and finally microprocessors. In keeping with this integrated and graduated approach, the authors then explain the relationship to first assembly programming, then higher-level languages, and finally computer organisation. \u003cbr\u003eAuthors use the Raspberry Pi and ARM microprocessors for their explanations\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe material has been extensively class tested at TU Eindhoven by an experienced team of lecturers and researchers. This is a modern, holistic treatment of well-established topics, valuable for undergraduate students of computer science and electronics engineering and for self-study. The authors use the Raspberry Pi and ARM microprocessors for their explanations.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBasic Components and Combinatorial Circuits.- Numbers, Basic Circuits, and the ALU.- Sequential Circuits.- An Elementary Processor.- Assembly Programming.- Compiling Higher-Level Languages.- Computer Organisation.- The Raspberry Pi and the ARM Processor.- App. A, An Extended Instruction Set for the Simple Processor.- App. B, The ARM Instruction Set.- App. C, Syntax of the Register Transfer Language.- App. D, Exercise Answers.","brand":"Springer Nature Switzerland AG","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743045431639,"sku":"9783030685522","price":28.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9783030685522.jpg?v=1720063869"},{"product_id":"principles-of-parallel-scientific-computing-a-first-guide-to-numerical-concepts-and-programming-methods-9783030761936","title":"Principles of Parallel Scientific Computing: A","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eNew insight in many scientific and engineering fields is unthinkable without the use of numerical simulations running efficiently on modern computers. The faster we get new results, the bigger and accurate are the problems that we can solve. It is the combination of mathematical ideas plus efficient programming that drives the progress in many disciplines. Future champions in the area thus will have to be qualified in their application domain, they will need a profound understanding of some mathematical ideas, and they need the skills to deliver fast code.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe present textbook targets students which have programming skills already and do not shy away from mathematics, though they might be educated in computer science or an application domain. It introduces the basic concepts and ideas behind applied mathematics and parallel programming that we need to write numerical simulations for today’s multicore workstations. Our intention is not to dive into one particular application domain or to introduce a new programming language – we lay the generic foundations for future courses and projects in the area.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe text is written in an accessible style which is easy to digest for students without years and years of mathematics education. It values clarity and intuition over formalism, and uses a simple N-body simulation setup to illustrate basic ideas that are of relevance in various different subdomains of scientific computing. Its primary goal is to make theoretical and paradigmatic ideas accessible to undergraduate students and to bring the fascination of the field across.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1. The Pillars of Science.- 2. Moore Myths.- 3. Our Model Problem.- 4. Floating Point Numbers.- 5. A Simplistic Machine Model.- 6. Round-off Error Propagation.- 7. SIMD Vector Crunching.- 8. Arithmetic Stability of an Implementation.- 9. Vectorisation of the Model Problem.- 10. Conditioning and Well-posedness.- 11. Taylor Expansion.- 12. Ordinary Differential Equations.- 13. Accuracy and Appropriateness of Numerical Schemes.- 14. Writing Parallel Codes.- 15. Upscaling Methods.- 16. OpenMP Primer.- 17. Shared Memory Tasking.- 18. GPGPUs with OpenMP.- 19. Higher Order Methods.- 20. Adaptive Time Stepping.","brand":"Springer Nature Switzerland AG","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743048741207,"sku":"9783030761936","price":37.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9783030761936.jpg?v=1720063884"},{"product_id":"applied-cryptography-and-network-security-19th-international-conference-acns-2021-kamakura-japan-june-21-24-2021-proceedings-part-i-9783030783716","title":"Applied Cryptography and Network Security: 19th","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe two-volume set LNCS 12726 + 12727 constitutes the proceedings of the 19th International Conference on Applied Cryptography and Network Security, ACNS 2021, which took place virtually during June 21-24, 2021. \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe 37 full papers presented in the proceedings were carefully reviewed and selected from a total of 186 submissions. They were organized in topical sections as follows:\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003ePart I: Cryptographic protocols; secure and fair protocols; cryptocurrency and smart contracts; digital signatures; embedded system security; lattice cryptography; \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003ePart II: Analysis of applied systems; secure computations; cryptanalysis; system security; and cryptography and its applications. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eCryptographic Protocols.- Adaptive-ID Secure Hierarchical ID-Based Authenticated Key Exchange under Standard Assumptions without Random Oracles.- Analysis of Client-side Security for Long-term Time-stamping Services.- Towards Efficient and Strong Backward Private Searchable Encryption with Secure Enclaves.- Secure and Fair Protocols.- CECMLP: New Cipher-Based Evaluating Collaborative Multi-Layer Perceptron Scheme in Federated Learning.- Blind Polynomial Evaluation and Data Trading.- Coin-Based Multi-Party Fair Exchange.- Cryptocurrency and Smart Contracts.- P2DEX: Privacy-Preserving Decentralized Cryptocurrency Exchange.- WOTS+ up my Sleeve! A Hidden Secure Fallback for Cryptocurrency Wallets.- Terrorist Attacks for Fake Exposure Notifications in Contact Tracing Systems.- Digital Signatures.- Unlinkable and Invisible -Sanitizable Signatures.- Partially Structure-Preserving Signatures: Lower Bounds, Constructions and More.- An Efficient Certificate-Based Signature Scheme in the Standard Model.- Embedded System Security.- SnakeGX: a sneaky attack against SGX Enclaves.- Telepathic Headache: Mitigating Cache Side-Channel Attacks on Convolutional Neural Networks.- Efficient FPGA Design of Exception-Free Generic Elliptic Curve Cryptosystems.- Lattice Cryptography.- Access Control Encryption from Group Encryption.- Password Protected Secret Sharing from Lattices.- Efficient Homomorphic Conversion Between (Ring) LWE Ciphertexts.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Springer Nature Switzerland AG","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743049920855,"sku":"9783030783716","price":44.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"artificial-intelligence-research-second-southern-african-conference-sacair-2021-durban-south-africa-december-6-10-2021-proceedings-9783030950699","title":"Artificial Intelligence Research: Second Southern","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book constitutes the refereed proceedings of the Second Southern African Conference on  Artificial Intelligence Research, SACAIR 2021, held in Durban, South Africa, in  December 2021. Due to the COVID-19 pandemic the SACAIR 2021 was held online. \u003cbr\u003eThe 22 papers presented were thoroughly reviewed and selected from the 70 submissions. They are organized on the topical sections on ​AI in the humanities and society, AI in and for information systems, computer vision and image processing, deep learning, knowledge representation and reasoning, machine learning, philosophy and ethics of AI.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAI in the Humanities and Society.- AI in and for Information Systems.- Computer Vision and Image Processing.- Deep Learning.- Knowledge Representation and Reasoning.- Machine Learning.- Philosophy and Ethics of AI.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","brand":"Springer Nature Switzerland AG","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743060767063,"sku":"9783030950699","price":66.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"advanced-data-mining-and-applications-17th-international-conference-adma-2021-sydney-nsw-australia-february-2-4-2022-proceedings-part-i-9783030954048","title":"Advanced Data Mining and Applications: 17th","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis book constitutes the proceedings of the 17th International Conference on Advanced Data Mining and Applications, ADMA 2021, held in Sydney, Australia in February 2022.*\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 26 full papers presented together with 35 short papers were carefully reviewed and selected from 116 submissions. The papers were organized in topical sections in Part I, including: Healthcare, Education, Web Application and On-device application.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e* The conference was originally planned for December 2021, but was postponed to 2022. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Springer Nature Switzerland AG","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743060930903,"sku":"9783030954048","price":66.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"advanced-data-mining-and-applications-17th-international-conference-adma-2021-sydney-nsw-australia-february-2-4-2022-proceedings-part-ii-9783030954079","title":"Advanced Data Mining and Applications: 17th","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis book constitutes the proceedings of the 17th International Conference on Advanced Data Mining and Applications, ADMA 2021, held in Sydney, Australia in February 2022.*\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 26 full papers presented together with 35 short papers were carefully reviewed and selected from 116 submissions. The papers were organized in topical sections in Part II named: Pattern mining; Graph mining; Text mining; Multimedia and time series data mining; and Classification, clustering and recommendation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e* The conference was originally planned for December 2021, but was postponed to 2022.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Springer Nature Switzerland AG","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743061193047,"sku":"9783030954079","price":64.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"technological-innovation-for-digitalization-and-virtualization-13th-ifip-wg-5-5-socolnet-doctoral-conference-on-computing-electrical-and-industrial-systems-doceis-2022-caparica-portugal-june-29-july-1-2022-proceedings-9783031075223","title":"Technological Innovation for Digitalization and","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis book constitutes the refereed proceedings of the 13th IFIP WG 5.5\/SOCOLNET Advanced Doctoral Conference on Computing, Electrical and Industrial Systems, DoCEIS 2022, held in Caparica, Portugal, during June-July 2022.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe 22 full papers presented were carefully reviewed and selected from 48 submissions. The papers present selected results produced in engineering doctoral programs and focus on technological innovation for industry and service systems. The papers are organized into the following topical sub-headings: Smart Systems Thinking; Cyber-physical Systems; health-related Digitalization; Electric Systems and Machines; Smart Devices; and Control and Digital Platforms. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eSmart Systems Thinking.- \u003c\/b\u003eModelling Mutual Influence Towards Sustainable Energy Consumption.- Assessing the Benefits of Renewable Energy Communities: A Portuguese Case Study.- Open Innovation Association with Feeling Economy.- Creating Meaningful Intelligence for Decision-Making by Modelling Complexities of Human Influence: Review and Position.- \u003cb\u003eCyber-Physical Systems.- A\u003c\/b\u003esynchronous Communication between Modular Cyber-physical Production Systems and Arduino based Industrial Controllers.- Mechanisms for Service Composition in Collaborative Cyber-Physical Systems.- Hippo-CPS: Verification of Boundedness, Safeness and Liveness of Petri net-based Cyber-Physical Systems.- Estimation of the End-to-End Delay in 5G Networks through Gaussian Mixture Models.- \u003cb\u003eHealth-related Digitalization.- \u003c\/b\u003eTowards Digital Twin in the Context of Power Wheelchairs Provision and Support.- Real-Time PPG-Based HRV Implementation Using Deep Learning and Simulink.- Neuromotor Evaluation of the Upper Limb During Activities of Daily Living: A Pilot Study.- Gesture-based Feedback in Human-Robot Interaction for Object Manipulation.- \u003cb\u003eElectric Systems and Machines\u003c\/b\u003e.- Exploring Electric Vehicles Energy Flexibility in Buildings.- A Rule-based Method for Efficient Electric Vehicle Charging Scheduling at Parking Lots.- A Novel Photovoltaic Maximum Power Point Tracking Method using Feedback Conductance Integral Compensation.- Reduction of Air-Gap Flux Density Distortion for a 20 kW HTS Induction Motor.- \u003cb\u003eSmart Devices\u003c\/b\u003e.- Rib Waveguide Plasmonic Sensor for Lab-On-Chip Technology.- An Energy-Efficient Wideband Input-Buffer for High-Speed CMOS ADCs.- Novel Graphene Electrode for Electromyography using Wearables based on Smart Textiles.- \u003cb\u003eControl and Digital Platforms.- \u003c\/b\u003ePLC as the Main Controller for Additive Manufacturing Machines.- Dynamic and Efficiency Study Applied to Automotive Vehicles.- Digital Platform for Environmental and Economic Analysis of Wire Arc Additive Manufacturing. \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Springer International Publishing AG","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743067648343,"sku":"9783031075223","price":67.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9783031075223.jpg?v=1720063968"},{"product_id":"multidimensional-signals-and-systems-theory-and-foundations-9783031265136","title":"Multidimensional Signals and Systems: Theory and","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis book covers the theory of multidimensional signals and systems and related practical aspects. It extends the properties and mathematical tools of one-dimensional signals and systems to multiple dimensions and covers relevant timeless topics including multidimensional transformations, multidimensional sampling as well as discrete multidimensional systems. A special emphasis is placed on physical systems described by partial differential equations, the construction of suitable integral transformations and the implementation of the corresponding discrete-time algorithms. To this end, signal spaces and functional transformations are introduced at a mathematical level provided by undergraduate programs in engineering and science.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe presentation takes a comprehensive, illustrative and educational approach without reference to a particular application field. Instead, the book builds a solid theoretical concept of multidimensional signals and systems and shows the application to various problems relevant for practical scenarios.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","brand":"Springer International Publishing AG","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743077708119,"sku":"9783031265136","price":58.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9783031265136.jpg?v=1720064012"},{"product_id":"cloud-computing-principles-systems-and-applications-9783319546445","title":"Cloud Computing: Principles, Systems and","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis practically-focused reference presents a comprehensive overview of the state of the art in Cloud Computing, and examines the potential for future Cloud and Cloud-related technologies to address specific industrial and research challenges. This new edition explores both established and emergent principles, techniques, protocols and algorithms involved with the design, development, and management of Cloud-based systems. The text reviews a range of applications and methods for linking Clouds, undertaking data management and scientific data analysis, and addressing requirements both of data analysis and of management of large scale and complex systems. This new edition also extends into the emergent next generation of mobile telecommunications, relating network function virtualization and mobile edge Cloud Computing, as supports Smart Grids and Smart Cities. As with the first edition, emphasis is placed on the four quality-of-service cornerstones of efficiency, scalability, robustness, and security.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart I: General Principles\u003c\/b\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe Rise of Cloud Computing in the Era of Emerging Networked Society\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eBhaskar Prasad Rimal and Ian Lumb\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eMirror, Mirror on the Wall, How Do I Dimension My Cloud After All?\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eRafaelli Coutinho, Yuri Frota, Kary Ocaña, Daniel de Oliveira and Lúcia Drummond\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eA Taxonomy of Adaptive Resource Management Mechanisms in Virtual Machines: Recent Progress and Challenges\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eJos\u003c\/i\u003e\u003ci\u003eé\u003c\/i\u003e\u003ci\u003e Simão and Luís Veiga\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart II: \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003eScience Cloud\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eExploring Cloud Elasticity in Scientific Applications\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eGuilherme Galante and Rodrigo Da Rosa Righi\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eClouds and Reproducibility: A Way to Go to Scientific Experiments?\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eAry Henrique Morais de Oliveira, Daniel de Oliveira and Marta Mattoso\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eBig Data Analytics in Healthcare: A Cloud-Based Framework for Generating Insights\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eAshiq Anjum, Sanna Aizad, Bilal Arshad, Moeez Subhani, Dominic Davies-Tagg, Tariq Abdullah and Nick Antonopoulos\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart III:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e Data Cloud\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eImplementing MapReduce Applications in Dynamic Cloud Environments\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eDomenico Talia, Paolo Trunfio and Fabrizio Marozzo\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eHigh Performance Graph Data Management and Mining in Cloud Environments with X10\u003cbr\u003eMiyuru Dayarathna and Toyotaro Suzumura\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart IV: \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003eMulti-Clouds\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eFacilitating Cloud Federation Management via Data Interoperability\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eVincent Chimaobi Emeakaroha, Philip Healy and John Morrison\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eApplying Self-* Principles in Heterogeneous Cloud Environments\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eIoan Dragan, Teodor-Florin Fortis, Gabriel Iuhasz, Dana Petcu and Marian Neagul\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart V: Performance and Efficiency\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eOptimizing the Profit and QoS of Virtual Brokers in the Cloud\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eSantiago Iturriaga, Sergio Nesmachnow and Bernabe Dorronsoro\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eAdaptive Resource Allocation for Load Balancing in Cloud\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eSomnath Mazumdar, Alberto Scionti and Anoop S. Kumar\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eCloud-Supported Certification for Energy-Efficient Web Browsing and Services\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eGonçalo Avelar, Jos\u003c\/i\u003e\u003ci\u003eé\u003c\/i\u003e\u003ci\u003e Simão and Luís Veiga\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eDatacentre Event Analysis for Knowledge Discovery in Large-Scale Cloud Environments\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eJohn Panneerselvam, Lu Liu and Yao Lu\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Springer International Publishing AG","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743098024279,"sku":"9783319546445","price":126.79,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9783319546445.jpg?v=1720064101"},{"product_id":"programmieren-mit-dem-calliope-mini-fur-dummies-junior-9783527714490","title":"Programmieren mit dem Calliope mini für Dummies","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSieht er nicht schön aus - der Calliope mini? Sechseckig und voller Technik. Vielleicht arbeitest du damit in der Schule? Ja, das ist ein echter Computer. Du kannst ihn mit Programmen zum Leben erwecken. Bring seine Lämpchen zum Leuchten! Spiele Töne, komponiere Lieder! Baue eine Alarmanlage oder ein Thermometer! Bestimmt hast du ganz viele eigene Ideen. Wir helfen dir, dass du dich zuerst einmal auf dem Calliope mini zurechtfindest, der Rest geht dann fast von allein. Bestens geeignet für Kinder ab 8 Jahre.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTrade Review\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\"... Das Buch erklärt auf einfache, verständliche und kindgerechte Weise alle Schritte der Programmierung ...\"\u003cbr\u003e (Linux-Magazin 3\/2018)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eEinführung 6\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHallo lieber Fan des Calliope mini! 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eÜber den Calliope mini 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eÜber dieses Buch 8\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eÜber dich 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eÜber die Symbole, die wir in diesem Buch verwenden 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eKapitel 1: Der Calliope mini 11\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWas kann der Calliope mini? 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBauteile des Calliope mini 13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDen Calliope mini programmieren 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDer PXT-Editor 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKreative Möglichkeiten 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eKapitel 2: Das erste Projekt 27\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProgrammieren in fünf Schritten 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEin Projekt -- zwei Teilprojekte 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTeilprojekt 1: Name auf Knopfdruck 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSchritt 1 -- Projektidee 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSchritt 2 -- Planung 31\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSchritt 3 -- Programmierung 35\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eÜbertragen des Programms auf den Calliope mini 39\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSchritt 4 -- Testen 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSchritt 5 -- Erweitern 47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTeilprojekt 2: Musik durch Schütteln 48\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSchritt 1 -- Projektidee 48\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSchritt 2 -- Planung 48\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSchritt 3 -- Programmierung 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSchritt 4 -- Testen 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSchritt 5 -- Erweitern 50\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProjekt speichern 51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProjekt weiterbearbeiten 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDen Calliope mini mit Strom versorgen 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eKapitel 3: Für Einsteiger 56\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFarbenwelt 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProjektidee 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePlanung 58\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProgrammierung 58\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTesten 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eErweiterung 63\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDie Sirene 66\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProjektidee 66\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePlanung 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProgrammierung 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTesten 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eErweiterung 72\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eKapitel 4: Für Könner 74\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDie musikalische Alarmanlage 76\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProjektidee 76\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePlanung 76\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProgrammierung 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTesten 81\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eErweiterung 83\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDas Farbthermometer 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProjektidee 92\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePlanung 92\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProgrammierung 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTesten 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eErweiterung 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eKapitel 5: Für Profis 104\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eZähler beim Seilchenspringen 105\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProjektidee 105\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePlanung 105\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProgrammierung 106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTesten 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eErweiterung 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBalance halten 112\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProjektidee 112\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePlanung 112\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKennenlernen des Lagesensors 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProgrammierung und Testen 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eErweiterung 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eKapitel 6: Calliope-Extras 128\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBluetooth, lass den Calliope sprechen 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWeitere Anschlüsse und Sensoren 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eKapitel 7: Mehr wissen 134\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSprache der Profis 134\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProgrammieren auf der Tastatur 136\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eArduino und Raspberry Pi 138\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAuf Wiedersehen . 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eZum Wiederfinden 140\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eÜber die Autoren 143\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743128334679,"sku":"9783527714490","price":12.91,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9783527714490.jpg?v=1720064233"},{"product_id":"windows-10-fur-senioren-fur-dummies-9783527714919","title":"Windows 10 für Senioren für Dummies","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMit diesem Buch können Sie sich ganz leicht in Windows 10 einarbeiten. Wenn Sie die wesentlichen Grundlagen verstehen wollen, ohne sich durch verwirrendes Computerkauderwelsch graben zu müssen, suchen Sie nicht weiter! Dieses Buch nutzt einen Schritt-für-Schritt-Ansatz, der speziell für Windows-10-Anfänger entwickelt wurde. Leicht verständliche Texte in großer Schrift und eine Fülle hilfreicher Abbildungen machen auch aus Ihnen einen Windows-10-Profi.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eÜber den Autor 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEinführung 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eÜber dieses Buch 20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKonventionen in diesem Buch 20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWie Sie dieses Buch lesen 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTörichte Annahmen über den Leser 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWie dieses Buch aufgebaut ist 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWie es jetzt weitergeht 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eTeil I Windows 10 kennenlernen 25\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eKapitel 1 Erster Kontakt mit Windows 10 27\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDem Computer sagen, was er tun soll 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMit der Maus arbeiten 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEinen Touchscreen bedienen 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEine Tastatur verwenden 31\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMit der Bildschirmtastatur arbeiten 33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDen Computer einschalten 37\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDen Startbildschirm erkunden 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDen Computer herunterfahren 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNeu starten auf den Sperrbildschirm 44\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eKapitel 2 Die Startseite und ihre Apps kennenlernen 47\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWindows 10-Apps öffnen 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eZwischen Apps wechseln 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWindows 10-Apps schließen 55\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMit der App-Leiste arbeiten 56\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEinen Standort in der Wetter-App hinzufügen 58\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eApp-Einstellungen ändern 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNach Apps suchen 63\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eApps auf der Startseite anordnen und gruppieren 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFragen Sie Cortana! 70\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eKapitel 3 Die Einstellungen von Windows 10 anpassen 75\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAuf den Einstellungsbildschirm zugreifen 76\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDen Sperrbildschirm anpassen 78\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEin Bild für Ihr Benutzerkonto wählen 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNach wichtigen Updates Ausschau halten 82\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWindows 10 bedienungsfreundlicher machen 83\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDas Startmenü ändern 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMit Benachrichtigungen umgehen 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eKapitel 4 Mit Benutzerkonten arbeiten 93\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEine Verbindung zum Internet herstellen 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eVerbindung trennen (oder in Flugzeugmodus wechseln) 99\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEin neues Microsoft-Konto einrichten 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEin lokales Konto erstellen 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eVon einem lokalen Konto zu einem vorhandenen Microsoft-Konto wechseln 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEin lokales Konto für eine Person in Ihrem Haushalt hinzufügen 109\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEin Kennwort für ein lokales Konto festlegen 112\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEin Kennwort für ein lokales Konto ändern oder entfernen 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEin Kennwort für ein Microsoft-Konto ändern 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEin Benutzerkonto löschen 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eKapitel 5 Den Desktop kennenlernen 121\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDen Desktop aufrufen 122\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDatum oder Uhrzeit ändern 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFenster auf dem Desktop unter die Lupe nehmen 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFenstergröße ändern 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMehrere Fenster anordnen 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFenster andocken 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInhaltsverzeichnis 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEinen zweiten Desktop öffnen 135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEinen Desktophintergrund wählen 137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSymbole an die Taskleiste anheften 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eApps mit dem Taskmanager beenden 141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eTeil II Windows 10 und das World Wide Web 143\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eKapitel 6 Unterwegs im Internet 145\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMit Edge im Internet surfen 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMehrere Websites auf separaten Registerkarten öffnen 150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSuchen und Finden 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLesezeichen für Ihre Lieblings-Webseiten setzen 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eVerschiedene Funktionen von Edge 158\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWerbung auf Webseiten blockieren 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eKapitel 7 E-Mails senden und empfangen 165\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDie Mail-App verwenden 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eE-Mails schreiben 168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eE-Mails formatieren 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDateien und Bilder senden 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eErhaltene E-Mails lesen und beantworten 174\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eE-Mail-Einstellungen ändern 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEin E-Mail-Konto hinzufügen 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eKapitel 8 Kontakte pflegen 181\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKontakte in der Kontakte-App speichern 182\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEinen Kontakt löschen 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGeburtstage und Termine in den Kalender eintragen 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOrientieren Sie sich mit der Karten-App 190\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMit Alarm \u0026amp; Uhr an Aufgaben erinnern 193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDokumente erstellen mit WordPad 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eVirtuelle Klebezettel schreiben 197\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKurze Statusinfos einstellen 199\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMit Skype in Kontakt bleiben 200\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eTeil III Unterhaltsames mit Windows 10 205\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eKapitel 9 Apps aus dem Store installieren 207\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eApps und Spiele anhand von Kategorien durchforsten 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eApps und Spiele anhand von Namen suchen 212\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNeue Apps und Spiele installieren 215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIhre Apps und Spiele durchsehen 218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eApps bewerten und rezensieren 220\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRechnungsdaten im Store hinterlegen 221\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eKapitel 10 Fotografieren und mehr 225\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFotos (und Videos) mit dem Computer aufnehmen 226\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKamera-Einstellungen auswählen 228\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFotos von der Kamera auf den Computer übertragen 230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFotos in der Fotos-App anzeigen 234\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFotos in der Fotos-App bearbeiten 236\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFotos aus der Fotos-App heraus drucken 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFotos und Dokumente scannen 240\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eKapitel 11 Musik und Videos genießen 243\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMusik von CD abspielen und kopieren 244\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDie Groove-Musik-App verwenden 249\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWiedergabelisten erstellen und verwalten 252\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eVideos anschauen 255\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEine CD brennen 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEine Sprachaufzeichnung anfertigen 260\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eTeil IV Windows 10 für Fortgeschrittene 263\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eKapitel 12 Windows 10 warten und pflegen 265\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNeue Programme auf dem Desktop installieren 266\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDesktopprogramme deinstallieren 269\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStart-Apps kontrollieren 272\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSysteminformationen erkunden 274\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSicherheits- und Wartungsstatus überprüfen 276\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBeschleunigen Sie Ihren Computer! 279\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSchützen Sie Ihren Computer mit Windows Defender 282\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eKapitel 13 Drucker und andere Geräte anschließen 285\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePlug and Play für Hardware per USB 286\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAlle Geräte anzeigen 288\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDrucker oder andere Geräte anschließen 289\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGeräteoptionen auf dem Desktop aufrufen 290\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTouchscreen kalibrieren 293\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eKapitel 14 Dokumente verwalten 297\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDateien speichern und öffnen 298\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eVerloren geglaubte Dateien wiederfinden 301\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDem Schnellzugriff eine Position hinzufügen 306\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEinfacher Dateizugriff im Explorer 308\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOrdner zur Dateiablage anlegen 310\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDateien durch Kontrollkästchen auswählen 312\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEine Rückgängig-Schaltfläche für den Explorer 314\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDateien von einem Ordner in einen anderen verschieben 315\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDateien oder Ordner umbenennen 318\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDateien oder Ordner löschen 319\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGelöschte Dateien und Ordner wiederherstellen 321\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eKapitel 15 Dateien sichern und wiederherstellen 323\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEine externe Festplatte oder einen USB-Stick anschließen 325\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDateien von einem USB-Stick auf den Computer kopieren und umgekehrt 327\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMit OneDrive Kopien von Dateien speichern 331\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDateiversionsverlauf einschalten 336\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDateien mit dem Dateiversionsverlauf wiederherstellen 339\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEine Frischzellenkur für den Computer 342\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStichwortverzeichnis 345\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743128367447,"sku":"9783527714919","price":16.14,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9783527714919.jpg?v=1720064234"},{"product_id":"data-deduplication-for-high-performance-storage-system-9789811901119","title":"Data Deduplication for High Performance Storage","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis book comprehensively introduces data deduplication technologies for storage systems. It first presents the overview of data deduplication including its theoretical basis, basic workflow, application scenarios and its key technologies, and then the book focuses on each key technology of the deduplication to provide an insight into the evolution of the technology over the years including chunking algorithms, indexing schemes, fragmentation reduced schemes, rewriting algorithm and security solution. In particular, the state-of-the-art solutions and the newly proposed solutions are both elaborated. At the end of the book, the author discusses the fundamental trade-offs in each of deduplication design choices and propose an open-source deduplication prototype. The book with its fundamental theories and complete survey can guide the beginners, students and practitioners working on data deduplication in storage system. It also provides a compact reference in the perspective of key data deduplication technologies for those researchers in developing high performance storage solutions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003ePreface.- Deduplication: Beginning from Data Backup System.- Overview of Data Deduplication.- Chunking Algorithms.- Indexing Schemes.- Rewriting Algorithms.- Secure Deduplication.- Post-deduplication Delta Compression Schemes.- The Framework of Data Deduplication.- References.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Springer Verlag, Singapore","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743292731735,"sku":"9789811901119","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"digital-design-from-the-vlsi-perspective-concepts-for-vlsi-beginners-9789811946516","title":"Digital Design from the VLSI Perspective:","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis volume covers digital design techniques, exercises and applications. The book discusses digital design and implementation in the context of VLSI and embedded system design. It covers basic digital design techniques to high speed design techniques. The contents also cover performance improvement, optimization concepts and design case studies. It includes pedagogical features such as design examples and illustrations. This book will be a useful guide for hardware engineers, logic design engineers, professionals and hobbyists looking to learn and use the digital design to develop VLSI based algorithms, architectures and products.\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Springer Verlag, Singapore","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743294271831,"sku":"9789811946516","price":42.74,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9789811946516.jpg?v=1720064964"},{"product_id":"unix-for-dummies-9780764541476","title":"UNIX For Dummies","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eManage files, set up networks, and go online with UNIX!\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eUNIX For Dummies\u003c\/i\u003e has been the standard for beginning UNIX references for nearly ten years, and this latest edition continues that tradition of success. This unparalled resource is updated to cover the latest applications of UNIX technology, including Linux and Mac desktops as well as how UNIX works with Microsoft server software\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThorough coverage of how to handle:\u003cbr\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eUNIX installation\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003efile management\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003esoftware\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eutilities\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003enetworks\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eInternet access\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003ether basic tasks\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e A great guide for the first-time UNIX desktop user growing accustomed to the ins and outs of the OS, as well as the beginning administrators who needs to get a handle on UNIX networking basics.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWritten by John Levine and Margaret Levine Young, longtime UNIX experts and highly experienced For Dummies authors.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eIntroduction 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart I: Before the Beginning 7\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 1: Log Me In, UNIX! 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 2: What Is UNIX, Anyway? 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 3: A Few Lines on Linux 33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart II: Some Basic Stuff 39\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 4: Opening Windows on UNIX 41\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 5: Files for Fun and Profit 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 6: Directories for Fun and Profit 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 7: The Shell Game 103\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 8: Where’s That File? 119\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 9: Printing (The Gutenberg Thing) 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart III: Getting Things Done 147\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 10: Writing Deathless Prose 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 11: Umpteen Useful UNIX Utilities 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 12: Installing Software Can Be Tricky 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 13: Juggling a Bunch of Programs 199\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 14: Taming Linux 211\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart IV: UNIX and the Net 217\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 15: Your Computer Is Not Alone 219\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 16: Across a Crowded Network 229\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 17: Automating Your Office Gossip 243\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 18: Web Surfing for UNIX Users 263\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 19: Grabbing Files from the Net 279\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 20: Now Serving the Internet 293\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart V: Help! 303\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 21: Disaster Relief 305\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 22: The Case of the Missing Files 311\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 23: Some Programs Just Won’t Die 325\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 24: “My Computer Hates Me” 3 31\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart VI: The Part of Tens 343\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 25: Ten Common Mistakes 345\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 26: Ten Times More Information Than You Want about UNIX 351\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 361\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48865859141975,"sku":"9780764541476","price":18.69,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780764541476.jpg?v=1722275918"},{"product_id":"ios-app-development-for-dummies-9781118871058","title":"iOS App Development For Dummies","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIf you've got incredible iOS ideas, get this book and bring them to life!   iOS 7 represents the most significant update to Apple's mobile operating system since the first iPhone was released, and even the most seasoned app developers are looking for information on how to take advantage of the latest iOS 7 features in their app designs.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eIntroduction 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA Bit of History 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe iPhone stands alone 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEnter the App Store 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe iPad joins the party 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Plan for This Book 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eiOS and Xcode Game Changers 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAbout This Book 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConventions Used in This Book 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIcons Used in This Book 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFoolish Assumptions 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHow This Book Is Organized 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePart I: Getting Started 8\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePart II: Building RoadTrip 8\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePart III: Getting Your Feet Wet: Basic Functionality 8\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePart IV: The Model and the App Structure 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePart V: Adding the App Content 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePart VI: The Part of Tens 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBeyond the Book 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhere to Go from Here 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart I: Getting Started 11\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 1: What Makes a Great iOS App 13\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFiguring Out What Makes a Great iOS App 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMaking your app work well 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHandling networking, social media, and location 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDesigning a powerful and intuitive interface that disappears 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing the iOS Platform to the Fullest 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExploiting advantages of the system 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAccessing the Internet 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKnowing the location of the user 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTracking orientation and motion 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTracking users’ fingers on the screen 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePlaying content 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAccessing information from Apple’s apps 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCopying, cutting, and pasting between apps 20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMultitasking, background processing, and notifications 20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLiving large on the big screen 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEmbracing Device Limitations 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDesigning for fingers 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBalancing memory and battery life 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhy Develop iOS Apps? 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDeveloping with Apple’s Expectations in Mind 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThinking About You, Apps, and Money 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEnter the Cloud 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDeveloping an App the Right Way Using the Example App in This Book 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhat’s Next 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 2: Getting to Know the SDK 29\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDeveloping Using the SDK 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Xcode to Develop an App 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating an Xcode project 31\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDeveloping the app 31\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Workspace Window 33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorkspace areas 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDisplaying an area’s content 36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe toolbar and Tab bar 40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Organizer window 42\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 3: The Nuts and Bolts of an Xcode Project 45\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating Your Project 45\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExploring Your Project 50\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe project 50\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Project editor 50\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Project navigator 53\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting Your Xcode Preferences 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBuilding and Running Your Application 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBuilding an app 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe iPad’s Split views 63\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Log navigator 64\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRunning in the Simulator 66\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInteracting with your simulated hardware 66\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMaking gestures 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUninstalling apps and resetting your device 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLiving with the Simulator’s limitations 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Asset Catalogs 70\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding the Image and Sound Resources and an App Icon 74\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart II: Building RoadTrip 77\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 4: Storyboards and the User Experience 79\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroducing the Storyboard 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTelling your story 81\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorking with object graphs 83\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDefining What You Want an App to Do: The RoadTrip App 84\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating the Application Architecture 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhat You Add Where 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Frameworks 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Design Patterns 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe iOS design patterns 92\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Model-View-Controller (MVC) design pattern 92\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorking with Windows and Views 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLooking out the window 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdmiring the view 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe kinds of views you use 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eView Controllers — the Main Storyboard Players 101\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhat About the Model? 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIt’s Not That Neat 105\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTaking a Look at Other Frameworks 106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Foundation framework 106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe CoreGraphics framework 106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEven more frameworks 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding the MVC in the Project 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 5: Creating the RoadTrip User Interface 111\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating Your User Interface in the iPad Storyboard 111\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIt’s about the view controller 112\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Interface Builder to add the user elements 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorking within the Utility Area 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInspector and Quick Help pane 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLibrary pane 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding iPad Navigation 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding a New View Controller 121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDanger Will Robinson 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding an identifier to the view controller 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eView Layout 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding the User Interface Objects 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAutosizing with Auto Layout 136\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding the Test Drive button 141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMassaging the Template Code 144\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting Rid of Warnings 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating the iPhone User Interface 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 6: The Runtime, Managing Memory, and Using Properties 151\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStepping Through the App Life Cycle 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUIApplicationMain 153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHandling events while your application is executing 158\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKnowing what to do when the normal processing of your application is interrupted 160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAn overview of the view controller life cycle 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorking within the Managed Memory Model Design Pattern 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding memory management 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing reference counting 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAutomatic Reference Counting (ARC) 167\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorking with variable types according to ARC 169\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding the deadly retain cycle 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eObserving Low-Memory Warnings 172\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe didReceiveMemoryWarning method 172\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe applicationDidReceiveMemoryWarning: method 172\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe UIApplicationDidReceiveMemoryWarningNotification: notification 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePicking the right memory-management strategy for your application 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCustomizing the Behavior of Framework Classes 174\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSubclassing 174\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Delegation pattern 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding Declared Properties 176\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhat comprises a declared property 176\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing dot syntax 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting attributes for a declared property 178\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWriting your own accessors 180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAccessing instance variables with accessors 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHiding Instance Variables 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 7: Working with the Source Editor 183\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNavigating in the Xcode Source Editors 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing the Jump bar 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOrganizing your code using the #pragma mark statement 190\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing the Xcode Source Editor 190\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Live Issues and Fix-it 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCompiler warnings 193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Issue navigator 193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAccessing Documentation 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting Xcode help 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Organizer window 198\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Help menu 199\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFinding and Searching in Your Project 199\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing the Find command to locate an item in a file 199\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing the Search navigator to search your project or framework 200\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing the Symbol navigator 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eYou’re Finally Ready to Write Code! 202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart III: Getting Your Feet Wet: Basic Functionality 203\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 8: It’s (Finally) T ime to Code 205\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChecking for Network Availability 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDownloading the Reachability sample 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding the code to check for reachability 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExploring the Changes in iOS 7 211\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe dated interface 211\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLosing the content 212\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting the Master View Controller Title 213\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding Autorotation 214\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWriting Bug-Free Code 215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorking in the Debug area and Debug navigator 216\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eManaging breakpoints 218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhat you’ll find in the Debug area 222\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhat you’ll find in the Debug navigator 223\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDisplaying variables in the Source editor 224\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTiptoeing through your program 225\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 9: Adding Outlets and Actions to Your RoadTrip Code 227\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Custom View Controllers 228\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding the custom view controller 228\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting up the TestDriveController in the MainStoryboard for iPad 229\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding Outlets 231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding Outlets 232\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOpening the Assistant editor 232\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating the outlet 234\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Connections inspector 237\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorking with the Target-Action Design Pattern 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing the Target-Action pattern: It’s about controls 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding an action 241\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHow Outlets and Actions Work 244\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUpdate the iPhone storyboard file 244\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 10: Adding Animation and Sound to Your App 247\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding iOS Animation 248\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eView geometry and coordinate systems 248\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePoints versus pixels 248\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA view’s size and position 249\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorking with data structures 250\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCoordinating Auto Layout, Frames, and Constraints 250\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAnimating a View 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFinally, More Code 252\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eImplementing the testDrive Method 252\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding Block Objects 256\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRotating the Object 259\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorking with Audio 261\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTracking Touches 269\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAnimating a Series of Images “In Place” 272\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eiPhone versus iPad 273\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart IV: The Model and the App Structure 275\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 11: The Trip Model 277\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhat the Model Contains 277\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding the Model Data 278\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing property lists 278\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding a property list to your project 280\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding the First Two Model Classes 290\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding the Trip Interface 292\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eImplementing the Trip Class 294\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInitializing objects 296\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInvoking the superclass’s init method 297\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInitializing instance variables 298\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReturning self 299\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInitializing the Destination Class 300\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating the Trip Object 303\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMore Debugger Stuff 305\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 12: Implementing the Master View Controller 309\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting Up a Custom View Controller for the iPad 309\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding a Background Image and Title 319\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUpdating the iPhone Storyboard File 321\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 13: Working with Split View Controllers and the Master View 323\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Problem with Using a Navigation Controller in Detail View 323\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing a Navigation Controller in the Master View 326\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding a Gesture Recognizer 330\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Split View Controller 333\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe UISplitViewController delegate 335\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLocalization 340\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBack to the main feature 340\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding the Toolbar 346\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding the button when the view controller is replaced 350\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA Few More Tweaks to the MasterViewController 354\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAnd (a Little Extra) One More Thing 355\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon’t Forget the iPhone 356\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 14: Finishing the Basic App Structure 357\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExtending the iPad Storyboard to Add More Functionality to Your App 358\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding the Weather view controller 358\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding the Events controller 364\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding the remaining controllers 367\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChanging the Split View Controller to a Detail View Controller Relationship 368\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRepeat for iPhone 372\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart V: Adding the App Content 373\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 15: How’s the Weather? Working with Web Views 375\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Plan 375\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe iPad storyboard 376\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe iPhone storyboard 377\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting Up the Weather Controller 379\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding the custom view controller 379\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting Up WeatherController in the Main_iPad.storyboard file 380\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Weather Controller 385\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eManaging links in a Web view 388\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMore Opportunities to Use the Debugger 392\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnrecognized selector sent to instance 392\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRepeat for the iPhone Storyboard 393\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding the WeatherController to the iPhone storyboard file 393\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTest in the iPhone Simulator 394\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 16: Displaying Events Using a Page View Controller 395\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Plan 396\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting Up the EventsController 397\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding the custom view controller 397\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting up the EventsController in the MainStoryboard 398\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding and setting up the EventPageController in the MainStoryboard 399\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExtending the Trip Model 401\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding the Events Class 403\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe EventsController and Its PageViewController 406\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eData sources and delegates 406\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eData source 407\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDelegate 407\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe EventsController 407\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe EventPageController 412\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding Events Support to the iPhone Storyboard 415\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 17: Finding Your Way 417\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Plan 418\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting Up the Map Controller 419\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding the custom view controller 420\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting up the MapController in the Main_iPad.Storyboard 420\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTest 426\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePutting MapKit through Its Paces 428\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMKMapView 428\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEnhancing the map 429\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChanging the Map Type 435\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding Annotations 437\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating the annotation 437\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDisplaying the map title and annotations 441\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGoing to the Current Location 446\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFixing the Status Bar 451\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUpdate the iPhone Storyboard 454\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 18: Geocoding 455\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding Geocoding on the iPad 455\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReverse Geocoding 458\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 19: Finding a Location 465\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting Up the Find Controller 465\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding the custom view controller 466\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting up FindControllerin the Main_iPad File 466\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eImplementing the Find Controller 469\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding the Map View 469\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting the text 470\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDisabling cell highlighting 477\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFinding the Location 477\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMaking the Map Title the Found Location 484\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding the FindController to the iPhone Storyboard 485\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 20: Selecting a Destination 487\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Plan 487\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting Up the DestinationController for the iPad Storyboard 488\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding the custom view controller 488\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting up the DestinationController in the Main_iPad.storyboard 489\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding a Modal View 494\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eImplementing a Table View 497\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating the Table View 498\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding sections 499\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDisplaying the cell 501\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorking with user selections 503\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSaving the Destination Choice and Selecting a Destination 511\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDisplaying the Destination table 516\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTesting 517\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding Destination Support to the iPhone Storyboard 518\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA Word about Adding Settings 519\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhat’s Next? 519\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart VI: The Part of Tens 521\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 21: Ten Ways to Be Successful with Apps 523\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMake a Million Dollars in a Week 523\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBuild a Portfolio 524\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBuild App Icons 524\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDesign User Interfaces 524\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBuild Back Ends 525\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSocialize with Apps 525\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTalk About Apps with People Who Want Them 525\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePromote Apps 525\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProvide Support to Users 526\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFix Bugs 526\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 22: Ten Ways to Be a Happy Developer 527\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKeep Things Loosely Coupled 527\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRemember Memory 528\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon’t Reinvent the Wheel 528\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstand State Transitions 529\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDo the Right Thing at the Right Time 530\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAvoid Mistakes in Error Handling 530\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUse Storyboards 531\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRemember the User 531\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKeep in Mind That the Software Isn’t Finished Until the Last User Is Dead 531\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKeep It Fun 531\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex\u003ci\u003e 533\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48866379661655,"sku":"9781118871058","price":23.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781118871058.jpg?v=1722278374"},{"product_id":"adventures-in-python-9781118951798","title":"Adventures in Python","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe complete beginner's guide to Python, for young people who want to start today    Adventures in Python is designed for 11-to 15-year olds who want to teach themselves Python programming, but don't know where to start.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eIntroduction 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAdventure 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eDiving into Python 23\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhat Is Programming? 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOpening IDLE 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReturning to Your First Python Program 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIt Isn’t Working—Grrr! 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing a File Editor 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAsking Questions with Variables 33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA Bit About Variables 35\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Variables for a Fill-in-the-Blanks Story 37\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMaking the Program Make Decisions: Conditionals 39\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing if Statements 39\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNested if Statements 41\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating an Imaginary Vending Machine 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRepeating Code with Loops 45\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing while Loops 45\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInfinite while Loops 47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePraise Generator 48\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA Bigger Adventure: Spaceship Control Console 50\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSet-Up and Password 50\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing the Console to Do Things 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAdventure 2\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eDrawing with Turtle Graphics 57\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting Started with Turtle 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Variables to Change Angles and Lengths 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Addition to Draw a Spiral 64\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSaving Some Space with Loops 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA Shape with 360 Sides: Drawing a Circle 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eControlling the Number of Sides Using for Loops 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChanging the Fill Colour in a Shape 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating Functions to Reuse Your Code 72\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eShape Presets 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding Randomly Generated Pictures 76\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAdventure 3\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWindows, Buttons, and Other GUI Stuff 83\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating Buttons 84\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChanging the Button Text on Click 87\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCounting Clicks 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating Text Boxes 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWriting It Backwards 92\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding Passwords 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBuilding a Random Sentence Generator 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProgramming a Guessing Game 99\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAdventure 4\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eMore GUI Elements with Tkinter 105\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating Sliders 105\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHow Colours Work on Computers and as Hexadecimal Values 109\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChanging the Canvas Colour 111\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMaking the Colour Picker 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding a Text Box 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating a Click Speed Game 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAdventure 5\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eDrawing Shapes with PyGame 123\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInstalling PyGame 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMy First PyGame 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating Rectangles 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating a Rectangle 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA Rainbow of Rectangles 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eColour Grid 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating Ellipses 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWobbling Circle 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSaving Your Images 135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSaving a Single Image 135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSaving a Series of Images 136\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAdventure 6\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAdding Keyboard Input with PyGame 139\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Keyboard Input 140\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOther Keys You Can Use 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating the Game 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroducing Full Movement 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMoving the Player Offscreen 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding the Ball 150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating Collisions 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGoal! 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding a Time Limit 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAdventure 7\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eCreative Ways to Use a Mouse with PyGame 161\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting the Mouse Position 161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMaking a Button 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMoving Target 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExploding Clicks 169\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMaking a Mesh 172\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating Mouse Trails 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAdventure 8\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eUsing Images with PyGame 181\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLoading an Image 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLayering Images 184\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRandomly Layering Images 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding a Moustache to a Photograph 188\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMaking Sprites 191\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating a Walking Animation 191\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWalking in All Directions 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTeleportation 197\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAdventure 9\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eUsing Sounds and Music with PyGame 203\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePlaying Sounds 203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating a Noise Loop 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMaking Keyboard Sound Effects 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Music with Python 210\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePlaying Music 210\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding Volume Tremolo 212\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMaking a Music Player 215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding Sounds and Music to a Game 218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAdventure 10\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eYour Really Big Adventure 223\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWriting the Program for the Game 224\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting Up the Files 224\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMaking the Game 225\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWalls 226\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDoors, Collisions and Coins 229\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting Up the Window and Variables 231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding the Game Loop 234\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCharacter Controls and Animations 234\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePlayer Collisions and Collecting Coins 237\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDisplaying Points and Updating the Window 237\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePlaying the Game 238\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDebugging the Game 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 240\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAppendix A\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eInstalling and Downloading the Proper Files 243\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInstalling PyGame 243\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWindows 8 243\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWindows 7 245\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMac 245\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLinux (Ubuntu) 247\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRaspberry Pi 248\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDownloading the Files for Adventures 8, 9 and 10 248\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWindows 8 248\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWindows 7 249\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMac 249\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLinux (Ubuntu) 250\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRaspberry Pi 250\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGlossary 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 257\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48866381627735,"sku":"9781118951798","price":15.3,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781118951798.jpg?v=1722278384"},{"product_id":"the-architecture-of-computer-hardware-systems-software-and-networking-9781119495208","title":"The Architecture of Computer Hardware Systems","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003ePreface xxiii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAbout the Authors xxix\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart I An Overview of Computer Systems\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003eComputers and Systems 4\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.0 Introduction 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 The Starting Point 8\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Components of the Computer System 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Hardware Component 13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Software Component 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Communication Component 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Computer System 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 The Concept of Virtualization 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 Protocols and Standards 20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5 Overview of This Book 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6 A Brief Architectural History of the Computer 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEarly Work 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eComputer Hardware 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOperating Systems 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCommunication, Networks, and the Internet 31\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary and Review 32\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFor Further Reading 33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKey Concepts and Terms 33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReading Review Questions 33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercises 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003eAn Introduction to System Concepts and Systems Architecture 36\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.0 Introduction 37\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 The General Concept of Systems 37\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 IT System Architectures 44\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Role of the System Architect 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary and Review 48\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFor Further Reading 48\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKey Concepts and Terms 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReading Review Questions 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercises 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart II Data in the Computer\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003eNumber Systems 52\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.0 Introduction 53\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Numbers as a Physical Representation 53\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Counting in Different Bases 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Performing Arithmetic in Different Number Bases 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Numeric Conversion Between Number Bases 63\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAlternative Conversion Methods 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 A Special Conversion Case—Number Bases That Are Related 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6 Fractions 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFractional Conversion Methods 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7 Mixed Number Conversions 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary and Review 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFor Further Reading 74\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKey Concepts and Terms 74\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReading Review Questions 74\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercises 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003eData Formats 78\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.0 Introduction 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 General Considerations 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Alphanumeric Character Data 82\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Visual Data 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBitmap Images 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eObject Images 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRepresenting Characters as Images 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eVideo Images 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Audio Data 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 Data Compression 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6 Page Description Languages 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.7 Internal Computer Data Format 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNumerical Character to Integer Conversion 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary and Review 105\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFor Further Reading 106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKey Concepts and Terms 106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReading Review Questions 106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercises 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003eRepresenting Numerical Data 110\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.0 Introduction 111\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Unsigned Binary and Binary-Coded Decimal Representations 111\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Representations for Signed Integers 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSign-and-Magnitude Representation 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNine’s Decimal and 1’s Binary Complementary Representations 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTen’s Complement and 2’s Complement 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOverflow and Carry Conditions 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOther Bases 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary of Rules for Complementary Numbers 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Real Numbers 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA Review of Exponential Notation 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFloating Point Format 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNormalization and Formatting of Floating Point Numbers 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA Programming Example 135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFloating Point Calculations 136\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFloating Point in the Computer 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConversion between Base 10 and Base 2 141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Programming Considerations 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary and Review 143\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFor Further Reading 144\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKey Concepts and Terms 144\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReading Review Questions 144\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercises 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart III Computer Architecture and Hardware Operation\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003eThe Little Man Computer 152\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.0 Introduction 153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Layout of the Little Man Computer 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Operation of the LMC 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 A Simple Program 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 An Extended Instruction Set 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 The Instruction Cycle 160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6 A Note Regarding Computer Architectures 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary and Review 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKey Concepts and Terms 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReading Review Questions 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercises 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003eThe CPU and Memory 166\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.0 Introduction 167\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 The Components of the CPU 168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 The Concept of Registers 169\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 The Memory Unit 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Operation of Memory 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMemory Capacity and Addressing Limitations 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePrimary Memory Characteristics and Implementation 176\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 The Fetch–Execute Instruction Cycle 178\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5 Classification of Instructions 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eData Movement Instructions (load, store, and Other Moves) 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eArithmetic Instructions 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBoolean Logic Instructions 184\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSingle Operand Manipulation Instructions 184\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBit Manipulation Instructions 184\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eShift and Rotate Instructions 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProgram Control Instructions 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStack Instructions 187\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMultiple Data Instructions 189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOther Instructions 190\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6 Instruction Word Formats 190\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.7 Instruction Word Requirements and Constraints 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary and Review 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFor Further Reading 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKey Concepts and Terms 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReading Review Questions 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercises 197\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003eCPU and Memory: Design, Enhancement, and Implementation 200\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.0 Introduction 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 CPU Architectures 202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOverview 202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTraditional Modern Architectures 202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 CPU Features and Enhancements 203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroduction 203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFetch–Execute Cycle Timing Issues 204\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA Model for Improved CPU Performance 206\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eScalar and Superscalar Processor Organization 210\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Memory Enhancements 213\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWide Path Memory Access 214\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMemory Interleaving 214\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCache Memory 215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 The Compleat Modern Superscalar CPU 219\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5 Multiprocessing 221\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6 A Few Comments on Implementation 225\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary and Review 225\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFor Further Reading 226\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKey Concepts and Terms 227\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReading Review Questions 227\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercises 228\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003eInput\/Output and Buses 230\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.0 Introduction 231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Characteristics of Typical I\/O Devices 232\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Programmed I\/O 237\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Interrupts 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eServicing Interrupts 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Uses of Interrupts 241\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMultiple Interrupts and Prioritization 245\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4 Direct Memory Access 249\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5 I\/O Controllers 252\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6 Buses 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBus Characteristics 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary and Review 258\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFor Further Reading 259\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKey Concepts and Terms 259\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReading Review Questions 259\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercises 260\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003eComputer Peripherals 262\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.0 Introduction 263\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 The Hierarchy of Storage 264\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 Solid-State Memory 266\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 Magnetic Disks 267\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDisk Arrays 272\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4 Optical Disk Storage 274\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5 Magnetic Tape 276\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.6 Displays 277\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBasic Display Design 277\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGraphical Processing Units (GPUs) 279\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLiquid Crystal Display Technology 282\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOLED Display Technology 283\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.7 Printers 284\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLaser Printers 285\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInkjet Printers 285\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.8 User Input Devices 286\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKeyboards 287\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePointing Devices 287\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAlternative Sources of Alphanumeric Input 288\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eScanners 291\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMultimedia Input 291\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMobile Devices 292\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.9 Network Communication Devices 293\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary and Review 293\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFor Further Reading 294\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKey Concepts and Terms 294\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReading Review Questions 295\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercises 295\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e11 \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003eComputer System Organization 298\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.0 Introduction 299\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1 Putting the Pieces Together 300\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2 System Architecture 305\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBasic System Interconnection Requirements 305\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBus I\/O 307\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChannel Architecture 311\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBlurring the Line 313\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary and Review 313\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFor Further Reading 313\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKey Concepts and Terms 314\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReading Review Questions 314\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercises 314\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart IV Networks, Data Communications, and Networked Computer Systems\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e12 \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003eNetworks and Data Communications—An Overview 318\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.0 Introduction 319\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1 The Impact of Networking on Business Processes and User Access to Knowledge and Services 320\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2 A Simple View of Data Communications 321\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3 Basic Data Communication Concepts 324\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMessages 324\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePackets 325\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGeneral Channel Characteristics 326\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4 Networks 330\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNetwork Topology 330\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTypes of Networks 334\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNetwork Interconnection 347\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5 Standards 351\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary and Review 352\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFor Further Reading 352\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKey Concepts and Terms 352\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReading Review Questions 353\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercises 353\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e13 \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003eEthernet and T CP\/IP Networking 356\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.0 Introduction 357\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.1 TCP\/IP, OSI, and Other Communication Protocol Models 357\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2 Program Applications versus Network Applications 362\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3 The Physical and Data Link Layers 362\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Physical Layer 363\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Data Link Layer 364\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHub-Based Ethernet 366\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSwitched Ethernet 366\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWireless Ethernet (Wi-Fi) 367\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4 The Network Layer 368\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.5 The Transport Layer 372\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.6 IP Addresses 376\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIPv4 and DHCP 376\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIPv6 379\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.7 Domain Names and DNS Services 380\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.8 Quality of Service 385\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.9 Network Security 386\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePhysical and Logical Access Restriction 386\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEncryption 387\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.10 Alternative Protocols 387\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA Comparison of TCP\/IP and OSI 388\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOther Protocol Suites and Components 388\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSCSI Over IP 389\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCellular Technology 389\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMPLS 390\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary and Review 390\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFor Further Reading 391\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKey Concepts and Terms 391\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReading Review Questions 392\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercises 392\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e14 \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003eCommunication Channel T echnology 396\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.0 Introduction 397\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.1 Communication Channel Technology 398\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2 The Fundamentals of Signaling Technology 400\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAnalog Signaling 401\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDigital Signaling 411\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eModems 416\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTwo Examples of Alternative Advanced Technologies 416\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3 Transmission Media and Signaling Methods 418\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4 Wireless Technologies 420\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCellular Technology 421\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWi-Fi 421\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBluetooth 421\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary and Review 422\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFor Further Reading 423\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKey Concepts and Terms 423\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReading Review Questions 423\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercises 424\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e15 \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003eModern Networked Computer Systems 426\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.0 Introduction 427\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.1 Distributed Systems 428\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2 Client–Server Computing 430\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3 Web-Based Computing 433\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4 Peer-to-Peer Computing 435\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.5 Clusters 436\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOverview 436\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eClassification and Configuration 437\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBeowulf Clusters 438\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.6 Storage Area Networks 440\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.7 Cloud Computing 441\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.8 Supercomputing 443\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGrid Computing 444\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.9 Networked Computer System Architecture Examples 444\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGoogle: A System Architecture Example 445\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAnother Example: Facebook’s Application Architecture 448\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary and Review 449\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFor Further Reading 450\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKey Concepts and Terms 450\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReading Review Questions 450\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercises 451\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart V The Software Component\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e16 \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003eOperating Systems: An Overview 454\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.0 Introduction 455\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.1 The Barebones Computer System 456\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.2 The Operating Systems Concept: An Introduction 457\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.3 Services and Facilities 463\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUser Interface and Command Execution Services 464\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFile Management 465\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInput\/Output Services 466\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProcess Control Management 467\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMemory Management 468\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eScheduling and Dispatch 468\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSecondary Storage Management 471\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNetwork and Communications Support Services 471\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSecurity and Protection Services 472\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSystem Administration Support 473\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.4 Organization 476\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.5 Types of Computer Systems 479\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary and Review 483\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFor Further Reading 483\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKey Concepts and Terms 483\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReading Review Questions 484\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercises 484\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e17 \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003eThe User View of Operating Systems 486\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.0 Introduction 487\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.1 Purpose of the User Interface 488\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.2 User Functions and Program Services 490\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProgram Execution 490\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFile Commands 491\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDisk and Other I\/O Device Commands 492\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSecurity and Data Integrity Protection 492\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInteruser Communication and Data Sharing Operations 493\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSystem Status Information and User Administration 494\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProgram Services 495\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.3 Types of User Interface 495\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Command Line Interface 496\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBatch System Commands 498\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGraphical User Interfaces 499\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTouchless Gesture- and Voice-Based Interfaces 504\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTrade-Offs in the User Interface 505\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSoftware Considerations 506\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.4 X Window and Other Graphics Display Methodologies 507\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.5 Command and Scripting Languages 510\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Elements of a Command Language 512\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Command Language Start-Up Sequence Files 512\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.6 Services to Programs 513\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary and Review 515\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFor Further Reading 515\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKey Concepts and Terms 515\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReading Review Questions 516\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercises 516\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e18 \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003eFile Management 518\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.0 Introduction 519\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.1 The Logical and Physical View of Files 519\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.2 The Role of the File Management System 524\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.3 Logical File Access Methods 528\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSequential File Access 529\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRandom Access 529\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndexed Access 530\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.4 Physical File Storage 531\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eContiguous Storage Allocation 531\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNoncontiguous Storage Allocation 532\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndexed Allocation 534\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFree Space Management 537\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTape Allocation 539\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOptical and Flash Drive Allocation 539\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.5 File Systems, Volumes, Disks, Partitions, and Storage Pools 539\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.6 The Directory Structure 542\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTree-Structured Directories 543\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcyclic-Graph Directories 545\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.7 Network File Access 548\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.8 File Protection 550\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.9 Journaling File Systems 551\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary and Review 552\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFor Further Reading 552\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKey Concepts and Terms 553\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReading Review Questions 553\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercises 554\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e19 \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003eThe Internal Operating System 556\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.0 Introduction 557\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.1 Fundamental OS Requirements 558\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExample: A Simple Multitasking Operating System 559\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.2 Starting the Computer System: The Bootstrap 562\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.3 Processes and Threads 564\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProcess Creation 567\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProcess States 568\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThreads 569\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.4 Basic Loading and Execution Operations 570\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.5 CPU Scheduling and Dispatching 572\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLong-Term Scheduler 572\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eShort-Term Scheduler and Dispatcher 572\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNonpreemptive Scheduling Algorithms 575\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePreemptive Short-Term Scheduling Algorithms 576\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.6 Memory Management 577\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMemory Partitioning 578\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.7 Virtual Storage 579\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOverview 579\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePages and Frames 580\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Concept of Virtual Storage 585\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePage Faults 586\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorking Sets and the Concept of Locality 588\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePage Sharing 588\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePage Replacement Algorithms 589\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThrashing 592\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePage Table Implementation 592\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSegmentation 595\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProcess Separation 596\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.8 Disk Scheduling 596\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFirst-Come, First-Served Scheduling 597\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eShortest Distance First Scheduling 597\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eScan Scheduling 597\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003en\u003c\/i\u003e-Step c-Scan Scheduling 598\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.9 Network Operating System Services 598\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOS Protocol Support and Other Services 598\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.10 Other Operating System Issues 601\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDeadlock 601\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOther Issues 602\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.11 Virtual Machines 603\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary and Review 605\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFor Further Reading 606\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKey Concepts and Terms 606\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReading Review Questions 607\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercises 608\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBibliography B-1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex I-1\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48866399486295,"sku":"9781119495208","price":113.36,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781119495208.jpg?v=1722278460"},{"product_id":"powershell-7-for-it-professionals-9781119644729","title":"PowerShell 7 for IT Professionals","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eTake advantage of everything Microsoft's new PowerShell 7 has to offer\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003ePowerShell 7 for IT Pros\u003c\/i\u003e is your guide to using PowerShell 7, the open source, cross-platform version of Windows PowerShell. Windows IT professionals can begin setting up automation in PowerShell 7, which features many improvements over the early version of PowerShell Core and Windows PowerShell. PowerShell 7 users can enjoy the high level of compatibility with the Windows PowerShell modules they rely on today. This book shows IT professionalsespecially Windows administrators and developershow to use PowerShell7 to engage in their most important tasks, such as managing networking, using AD\/DNS\/DHCP, leveraging Azure, and more.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTo make it easy to learn everything PowerShell 7 has to offer, this book includes robust examples, each containing sample code so readers can follow along. Scripts are based on PowerShell 7 running on Windows 10 19H1 or later and Windows Server 2019.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Lear\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eForeword xiii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroduction xxxiii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 1 Setting Up a PowerShell 7 Environment 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhat is New in PowerShell 7 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSystems Used in This Book and Chapter 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInstalling PowerShell 7 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInstalling and Configuring VS Code 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing the PowerShell Gallery 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating a Local PowerShellGet Repository 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating a Code-Signing Environment 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 35\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 2 PowerShell 7 Compatibility with Windows PowerShell 37\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExamining PowerShell Modules 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroducing the Compatibility Solution 48\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThings That Do Not Work with PowerShell 7 51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 3 Managing Active Directory 55\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSystems Used in This Chapter 58\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEstablishing a Forest Root Domain 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInstalling a Replica DC 66\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInstalling a Child Domain 70\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring a Cross-Forest Trust 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eManaging AD Users, Computers, and OUs 86\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding Users to AD via a CSV 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring Just Enough Administration (JEA) 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 109\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 4 Managing Networking 111\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSystems Used in This Chapter 112\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring IP Addressing 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTesting Network Connectivity 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInstalling the DHCP Service 121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring DHCP Scopes 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring DHCP Failover 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring the DNS Service 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring DNS Zones and Resource Records 138\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 144\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 5 Managing Storage 145\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSystems Used in This Chapter 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eManaging Disks and Volumes 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eManaging NTFS Permissions 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eManaging Storage Replica 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eManaging Filestore Quotas 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eManaging File Screening 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 190\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 6 Managing Shared Data 191\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSystems Used in This Chapter 193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting Up and Securing an SMB File Server 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating and Securing SMB Shares 198\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating and Using an iSCSI Target 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting Up a Clustered Scale-Out File Server 218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 229\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 7 Managing Printing 231\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSystems Used in This Chapter 232\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInstalling and Sharing Printers 233\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePublishing a Printer in AD 238\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChanging the Spool Folder 240\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePrinting a Test Page 245\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating a Printer Pool 248\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 249\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 8 Managing Hyper-V 251\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSystems Used in This Chapter 253\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInstalling and Configuring Hyper-V 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating a Hyper-V VM 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing PowerShell Direct 262\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring VM Networking 265\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring VM Hardware 271\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eImplementing Nested Virtualization 277\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing VM Checkpoints 282\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing VM Replication 291\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eManaging VM Movement 305\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMeasuring VM Resource Usage 311\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 314\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 9 Using WMI with CIM Cmdlets 315\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExploring WMI Namespaces 320\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExploring WMI Classes 328\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting Local and Remote Objects 330\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInvoking WMI Methods 334\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eManaging WMI Events 339\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eImplementing Permanent WMI Event Handling 347\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 355\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 10 Reporting 357\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSystems Used in This Chapter 358\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReporting on AD Users and Computers 359\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eManaging Filesystem Reporting 365\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCollecting Performance Information Using PLA 374\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReporting on PLA Performance Data 379\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating a Performance Monitoring Graph 382\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating a System Diagnostics Report 385\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReporting on Printer Usage 387\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating a Hyper-V Status Report 390\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReviewing Event Logs 395\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 402\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 403\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48866407481687,"sku":"9781119644729","price":30.39,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781119644729.jpg?v=1722278502"},{"product_id":"windows-server-2022-powershell-allinone-for-dummies-9781119867821","title":"Windows Server 2022  PowerShell AllinOne For","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAll the essentials for administering Windows Server 2022 in one book Looking for a little help installing, configuring, securing, or running a network running Windows Server 2022? Windows Server 2022 \u0026amp; PowerShell All-in-One For Dummies delivers a thorough guide to network administration in a single, convenient book. Whether you need to start from scratch and install a new server or want to jump right into a more advanced topiclike managing security or working in Windows PowerShellyou'll find what you need right here. In this 8-books-in-1 compilation, you'll: Learn what you need to install and set up a brand-new Windows server installationConfigure your Windows Server and customize its settings based on your needs and preferencesDiscover how to install, configure, and work with Containers The perfect book for server and system admins looking for a quick reference on Windows Server operation, this book is also a great resource for networking newcomers learning their way around the server software they'll encounter daily.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eIntroduction 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAbout This Book 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFoolish Assumptions 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIcons Used in This Book 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBeyond the Book 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhere to Go from Here 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eBook 1: Installing and Setting Up Windows Server 2022 5\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 1: An Overview of Windows Server 2022 7\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExtra! Extra! Read All About It! Seeing What’s New in Windows Server 2022 8\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDeciding Which Windows Server 2022 Edition Is Right for You 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWalking the Walk: Windows Server 2022 User Experiences 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSeeing What Server Manager Has to Offer 13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWindows Admin Center: Your New Best Friend 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExtending and Improving Your Datacenter 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 2: Using Boot Diagnostics 19\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAccessing Boot Diagnostics 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Advanced Boot Options 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePerforming a Memory Test 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing the Command Prompt 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorking with Third-Party Boot Utilities 31\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 3: Performing the Basic Installation 33\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMaking Sure You Have What It Takes 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePerforming a Clean Install 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUpgrading Windows 41\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePerforming a Network Install with Windows Deployment Services 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 4: Performing Initial Configuration Tasks 45\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding Default Settings 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting an Overview of the Configuration Process 47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProviding Computer Information 48\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUpdating Windows Server 2022 58\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCustomizing Windows Server 2022 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring Startup Options with BCDEdit 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eBook 2: Configuring Windows Server 2022 73\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 1: Configuring Server Roles and Features 75\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Server Manager 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding Server Roles 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding Server Features 87\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 2: Configuring Server Hardware 103\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorking with Device Manager 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing the Add Hardware Wizard 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePerforming Hard-Drive-Related Tasks 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePerforming Printer-Related Tasks 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePerforming Other Configuration Tasks 140\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 3: Using the Settings Menu 145\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAccessing the Settings Menu 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding Settings Menu Items 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 4: Working with Workgroups 155\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKnowing What a Workgroup Is 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKnowing If a Workgroup Is Right for You 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eComparing Centralized and Group Sharing 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring a Server for a Workgroup 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eManaging Workgroups 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExamining the Peer Name Resolution Protocol 169\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 5: Promoting Your Server to Domain Controller 171\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding Domains 172\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePreparing to Create a Domain 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePerforming Domain Configuration Prerequisites 178\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring the Server as a Domain Controller 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWrapping Things Up 200\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 6: Managing DNS and DHCP with IP Address Management 203\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInstalling IP Address Management 204\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring IP Address Management 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing IP Address Management 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eBook 3: Administering Windows Server 2022 217\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 1: An Overview of the Tools Menu in Server Manager 219\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAccessing the Server Manager Tools Menu 219\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorking with Common Administrative Tools 222\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInstalling and Using Remote Server Administration Tools 229\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 2: Setting Group Policy 233\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding How Group Policy Works 234\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStarting the Group Policy Editor 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePerforming Computer Management 237\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePerforming User Configuration 241\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eViewing Resultant Set of Policy 244\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 3: Configuring the Registry 247\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStarting Registry Editor 248\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eImporting and Exporting Registry Elements 248\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFinding Registry Elements 250\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding Registry Data Types 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding the Hives 252\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLoading and Unloading Hives 256\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConnecting to Network Registries 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting Registry Security 259\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 4: Working with Active Directory 263\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eActive Directory 101 263\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring Objects in Active Directory 264\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 5: Performing Standard Maintenance 279\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eActivating Windows 279\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring the User Interface 282\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding How User Access Control Affects Maintenance Tasks 290\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding and Removing Standard Applications 291\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMeasuring Reliability and Performance 292\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProtecting the Data on Your Server 296\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePerforming Disk Management Tasks 300\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAutomating Diagnostic Tasks with Task Scheduler 302\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorking with Remote Desktop 306\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorking with Remote Server Administration Tools 308\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorking with Admin Center 310\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating a Windows Recovery Drive 312\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 6: Working at the Command Line 313\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOpening an Administrative Command Prompt 313\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring the Command Line 314\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting Environmental Variables 320\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting Help at the Command Line 321\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding Command Line Symbols 323\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 7: Working with PowerShell 325\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOpening an Administrative PowerShell Window 326\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring PowerShell 327\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCustomizing PowerShell a Little Further 332\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing a Profile Script 333\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting Environmental Variables 334\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting Help in PowerShell 336\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding PowerShell Punctuation 337\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eBook 4: Configuring Networking in Windows Server 2022 339\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 1: Overview of Windows Server 2022 Networking 341\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting Acquainted with the Network and Sharing Center 342\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing the Network Connections Tools 344\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring TCP\/IP 348\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding DHCP 351\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDefining DNS 352\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 2: Performing Basic Network Tasks 359\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eViewing Network Properties 359\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConnecting to Another Network 361\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eManaging Network Connections 365\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 3: Accomplishing Advanced Network Tasks 371\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorking with Remote Desktop Services 371\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorking with Network Policy and Access Services 382\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTroubleshooting at the Command Line 386\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 4: Diagnosing and Repairing Network Connection Problems 389\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Windows Network Diagnostics 390\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRepairing Individual Connections 392\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNetwork Troubleshooting at the Command Line 393\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorking with Windows Firewall 395\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMaking Sense of Common Configuration Errors 397\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorking with Other Troubleshooting Tools 398\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eBook 5: Managing Security with Windows Server 2022 401\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 1: Understanding Windows Server 2022 Security 403\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding Basic Windows Server Security 403\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorking with Files and Folders 409\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating a Local Security Policy 413\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePaying Attention to Windows Security 414\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 2: Configuring Shared Resources 419\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eComparing Share Security with File System Security 420\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSharing Resources 424\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring Access with Federated Rights Management 426\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorking with Active Directory Rights Management Services 431\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 3: Configuring Operating System Security 439\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding and Using User Account Control 439\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eManaging User Passwords 445\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding Credential Guard 446\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring Startup and Recovery Options 450\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHardening Your Server 452\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 4: Working with the Internet 457\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFirewall Basics 457\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring Windows Defender Firewall with Advanced Security 461\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 5: Understanding Digital Certificates 471\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCertificates in Windows Server 2022 472\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTypes of Certificates in Active Directory Certificate Services 475\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 6: Installing and Configuring AD CS 479\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroducing Certificate Authority Architecture 480\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInstalling a Certificate Authority 481\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring Certificate Auto-Enrollment 496\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 7: Securing Your DNS Infrastructure 499\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding DNSSEC 499\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding DANE 505\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProtecting DNS Traffic with DNS-over-HTTPS 509\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eBook 6: Working with Windows Powershell 513\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 1: Introducing PowerShell 515\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding the Basics of PowerShell 515\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing PowerShell 521\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRunning PowerShell Remotely 538\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting Help in PowerShell 540\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIdentifying Security Issues with PowerShell 541\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 2: Understanding the .NET Framework 547\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroducing the Various Versions of .NET Framework 547\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFocusing on New Features in .NET 4.8 550\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eViewing the Global Assembly Cache 551\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding .NET Standard and .NET Core 553\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 3: Working with Scripts and Cmdlets 555\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroducing Common Scripts and Cmdlets 555\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExecuting Scripts or Cmdlets 557\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorking from Another Location 559\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePerforming Simple Administrative Tasks with PowerShell Scripts 560\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 4: Creating Your Own Scripts and Advanced Functions 565\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating a PowerShell Script 566\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDefining a Script Policy 572\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSigning a PowerShell Script 573\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating a PowerShell Advanced Function 573\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 5: PowerShell Desired State Configuration 581\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting an Overview of PowerShell Desired State Configuration 582\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating a PowerShell Desired State Configuration Script 586\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eApplying the PowerShell Desired State Configuration Script 588\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePush and Pull: Using PowerShell Desired State Configuration at Scale 590\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eBook 7: Installing and Administering Hyper-V 593\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 1: What Is Hyper-V? 595\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroduction to Virtualization 595\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eType 1 and Type 2 Hypervisors 596\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInstalling and Configuring Hyper-V 597\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 2: Virtual Machines 607\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating a Virtual Machine 607\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring a Virtual Machine 611\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eShielded Virtual Machines 618\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 3: Virtual Networking 619\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIdentifying the Types of Virtual Switches 620\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating a Virtual Switch 621\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting into Advanced Hyper-V Networking 625\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 4: Virtual Storage 637\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding Virtual Disk Formats 637\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConsidering Types of Disks 638\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding Storage to the Host 639\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding Storage to the Virtual Machine 643\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 5: High Availability in Hyper-V 651\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHyper-V Replica 651\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLive Migration 656\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStorage Migration 660\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFailover Clustering 661\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eBook 8: Installing, Configuring, and Using Containers 667\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 1: Introduction to Containers in Windows Server 2022 669\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding Containers 670\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConsidering Use Cases for Containers 672\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDeciding What Type of Containers You Want to Use 673\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eManaging Containers at Scale 674\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 2: Docker and Docker Hub 675\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroduction to Docker 675\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroduction to Docker Hub 677\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 3: Installing Containers on Windows Server 2022 685\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInstalling Windows Containers 686\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInstalling Hyper-V Containers 687\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInstalling Docker 688\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTesting Your Container Installation 689\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 4: Configuring Docker and Containers on Windows Server 2022 695\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorking with Dockerfile 695\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eApplying Custom Metadata to Containers and Other Objects 698\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring Containers 700\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring the Docker Daemon with daemon.json 702\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 5: Managing Container Images 705\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMaking Changes to Images and Saving the Changes You Make 705\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePushing Images to Docker Hub 709\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePulling Images from Docker Hub 711\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHandling Image Versioning 713\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 6: Container Networking 715\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConsidering the Different Types of Network Connections 716\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eViewing Your Network Adapters and Virtual Switches 717\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring a Network Address Translation Network Connection 718\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring a Transparent Network Connection 719\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring an Overlay Network Connection 720\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring an l2bridge Network Connection 721\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring an l2tunnel Network Connection 722\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRemoving a Network Connection 723\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConnecting to a Network 723\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 7: Container Storage 725\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting Acquainted with Container Storage 725\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating a Volume Inside of a Container 726\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorking with Persistent Volumes 729\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 733\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48866421506391,"sku":"9781119867821","price":31.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781119867821.jpg?v=1722278566"},{"product_id":"ti84-plus-ce-graphing-calculator-for-dummies-9781119887607","title":"TI84 Plus CE Graphing Calculator For Dummies","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eIntroduction 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart 1: Making Friends with the Calculator\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e 5\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 1: Starting with the Basics 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 2: Doing Basic Arithmetic 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 3: Dealing with Fractions 35\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 4: Solving Equations 41\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart 2: Taking Your Calculator Relationship to the Next Level\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e 53\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 5: Working with Complex Numbers 55\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 6: Understanding the Math Menu and Submenus 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 7: The Angle and Test Menus 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 8: Creating and Editing Matrices 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart 3: Graphing and Analyzing Functions\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e 89\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 9: Graphing Functions 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 10: Exploring Functions 111\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 11: Evaluating Functions 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 12: Graphing Inequalities 143\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 13: Graphing Parametric Equations 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 14: Graphing Polar Equations 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart 4: Working with Probability and Statistics\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e 173\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 15: Probability 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 16: Dealing with Statistical Data 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 17: Analyzing Statistical Data 193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart 5: Doing More with Your Calculator\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e 209\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 18: Communicating with a PC Using TI Connect CE Software 211\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 19: Communicating Between Calculators 221\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 20: Fun with Images 227\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 21: Managing Memory 231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart 6: The Part of Tens\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e 237\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 22: Ten Essential Skills 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 23: Ten Common Errors 243\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 24: Ten Common Error Messages 249\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart 7: Appendices\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e 253\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix A: Creating Calculator Programs 255\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix B: Controlling Program Input and Output 259\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix C: Controlling Program Flow 269\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix D: Introducing Python Programming 281\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix E: Mastering the Basics of Python Programming 287\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 293\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48866423177559,"sku":"9781119887607","price":18.69,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781119887607.jpg?v=1722278574"},{"product_id":"programming-the-raspberry-pi-third-edition-getting-started-with-python-9781264257355","title":"Programming the Raspberry Pi Third Edition","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eAn up-to-date guide to creating your own fun and useful Raspberry Piâ programs\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003eThis fully updated guide shows how to create inventive programs and fun games on your powerful Raspberry Piâwith no programming experience required. \u003ci\u003eProgramming the Raspberry Piâ: Getting Started with Python, Third Edition\u003c\/i\u003e addresses physical changes and new setup procedures as well as OS updates to the current version 4. You will discover how to configure hardware and software, write Python scripts, create user-friendly GUIs, and control external electronics. Step-by-step projects include a digital clock prototype and a fully functioning Raspberry Pi robot.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfigure your Raspberry Pi and explore its features\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStart writing and debugging Python programs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse strings, lists, functions, and dictionaries\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWork with modules, classes, and methods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply object-oriented development methods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCreate user-friendly games using Pygame\u003c\/li\u003e\u0026lt;\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePreface\u003cbr\u003eIntroduction\u003cbr\u003e1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e   What Is the Raspberry Pi?\u003cbr\u003e   What Can You Do with a Raspberry Pi?\u003cbr\u003e   A Tour of the Raspberry Pi\u003cbr\u003e   Setting Up Your Raspberry Pi\u003cbr\u003e   Booting Up\u003cbr\u003e   Summary\u003cbr\u003e2 Getting Started\u003cbr\u003e   Linux\u003cbr\u003e   The Desktop\u003cbr\u003e   The Command Line\u003cbr\u003e   Applications\u003cbr\u003e   Internet Resources\u003cbr\u003e   Summary\u003cbr\u003e3 Python Basics\u003cbr\u003e   Mu\u003cbr\u003e   Numbers\u003cbr\u003e   Variables\u003cbr\u003e   For Loops\u003cbr\u003e   Simulating Dice\u003cbr\u003e   If\u003cbr\u003e   While\u003cbr\u003e   The Python Shell from the Terminal\u003cbr\u003e   Summary\u003cbr\u003e4 Strings, Lists, and Dictionaries\u003cbr\u003e   String Theory\u003cbr\u003e   Lists\u003cbr\u003e   Functions\u003cbr\u003e   Hangman\u003cbr\u003e   Dictionaries\u003cbr\u003e   Tuples\u003cbr\u003e   Exceptions\u003cbr\u003e   Summary of Functions\u003cbr\u003e   Summary\u003cbr\u003e5 Modules, Classes, and Methods\u003cbr\u003e   Modules\u003cbr\u003e   Object Orientation\u003cbr\u003e   Defining Classes\u003cbr\u003e   Inheritance\u003cbr\u003e   Summary\u003cbr\u003e6 Files and the Internet\u003cbr\u003e   Files\u003cbr\u003e   Pickling\u003cbr\u003e   JSON\u003cbr\u003e   Internet\u003cbr\u003e   Summary\u003cbr\u003e7 Graphical User Interfaces\u003cbr\u003e   guizero\u003cbr\u003e   Hello World\u003cbr\u003e   Temperature Converter\u003cbr\u003e   Other GUI Widgets\u003cbr\u003e   Pop-Ups\u003cbr\u003e   Menus\u003cbr\u003e   Summary\u003cbr\u003e8 Games Programming\u003cbr\u003e   What Is Pygame?\u003cbr\u003e   Coordinates\u003cbr\u003e   Hello Pygame\u003cbr\u003e   A Raspberry Game\u003cbr\u003e   Summary\u003cbr\u003e9 Interfacing Hardware\u003cbr\u003e   GPIO Pin Connections\u003cbr\u003e   Breadboarding with Jumper Wires\u003cbr\u003e   Digital Outputs\u003cbr\u003e   Analog Outputs\u003cbr\u003e   Digital Inputs\u003cbr\u003e   Analog Inputs\u003cbr\u003e   HATs\u003cbr\u003e   Summary\u003cbr\u003e10 LED Fader Project\u003cbr\u003e   What You Need\u003cbr\u003e   Hardware Assembly\u003cbr\u003e   Software\u003cbr\u003e   Summary\u003cbr\u003e11 Prototyping Project (Clock)\u003cbr\u003e   What You Need\u003cbr\u003e   Hardware Assembly\u003cbr\u003e   Software\u003cbr\u003e   Phase Two\u003cbr\u003e   Summary\u003cbr\u003e12 Raspberry Pi Robot\u003cbr\u003e   Set Up the Raspberry Pi Zero W\u003cbr\u003e   Web-Controlled Rover\u003cbr\u003e   Autonomous Rover\u003cbr\u003e   Summary\u003cbr\u003e13 What Next\u003cbr\u003e   Linux Resources\u003cbr\u003e   Python Resources\u003cbr\u003e   Raspberry Pi Resources\u003cbr\u003e   Programming Languages\u003cbr\u003e   Other Languages\u003cbr\u003e   Applications and Projects\u003cbr\u003e   Summary\u003cbr\u003eIndex\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"McGraw-Hill Education","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48866496545111,"sku":"9781264257355","price":14.75,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781264257355.jpg?v=1722278938"},{"product_id":"environmental-monitoring-with-arduino-9781449310561","title":"Environmental Monitoring with Arduino","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book teaches anyone to build simple, usable devices to gather data about different conditions in the environment, by using Arduinos and basic DIY electronics. Each chapter briefly explains a particular environmental problem, and features step-by-step instructions to build the appropriate monitoring device.","brand":"O'Reilly Media","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48867115925847,"sku":"9781449310561","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781449310561.jpg?v=1722281765"},{"product_id":"the-hardware-hacking-handbook-breaking-embedded-security-with-hardware-attacks-9781593278748","title":"The Hardware Hacking Handbook: Breaking Embedded","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe Hardware Hacking Handbook is a deep dive into embedded security, perfect for readers interested in designing, analysing, and attacking devices. You'll start with a crash course in embedded security and hardware interfaces and learn how to set up a test lab. Real-world examples and hands-on labs throughout allow you to explore hardware interfaces and practice various attacks.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTrade Review\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\"I really wished such a book existed when I started with researching hardware hacking a few years ago. It introduces all the relevant background that’s needed for hardware hacking along with references to further reading (the references are really nice to have for more intermediate readers). It also provides many practical examples that helps you see why the concepts are important and how they are applied.\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e—Yifan Lu, Security Researcher\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\"One of the most complete introductions to hardware hacking I’ve seen . . . provide[s] you something you wouldn't learn elsewhere.\"\u003cb\u003e\u003cbr\u003e—Arya Voronova, Hackaday\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eIntroduction\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 1:\u003c\/b\u003e Dental Hygiene: Introduction to Embedded Security\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 2: \u003c\/b\u003eReaching Out, Touching Me, Touching You: Hardware Peripheral Interfaces\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 3: \u003c\/b\u003eCasing the Joint: Identifying Components and Gathering Information\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 4:\u003c\/b\u003e Bull in a China Shop: Introducing Fault Injection\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 5: \u003c\/b\u003eDon’t Lick the Probe: How to Inject Faults\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 6: \u003c\/b\u003eBench Time: Fault Injection Lab\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 7: \u003c\/b\u003eX Marks the Spot: EMFI Memory Dumping of Trezor\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 8: \u003c\/b\u003eI’ve Got the Power: Introduction to Power Analysis\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 9: \u003c\/b\u003eBench Time: Simple Power Analysis\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 10: \u003c\/b\u003eSplitting the Difference: Differential Power Analysis\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 11: \u003c\/b\u003eAdvanced Power Analysis\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 12: \u003c\/b\u003eA DPA\/SCA Lab: Breaking an AES-256 Bootloader\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 13: \u003c\/b\u003eNo Kiddin’: Real-Life Examples\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 14: \u003c\/b\u003eThink of the Children: Countermeasures, Certifications, and Goodbytes\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eAppendix A:\u003c\/b\u003e Maxing Out Your Credit Card: Setting Up a Test Lab\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eAppendix B: \u003c\/b\u003eAll Your Base Are Belong to Us: Popular Pinouts","brand":"No Starch Press,US","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48867674259799,"sku":"9781593278748","price":35.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781593278748.jpg?v=1722284421"},{"product_id":"robot-magic-beginner-robotics-for-the-maker-and-magician-9781680457124","title":"Robot Magic: Beginner Robotics for the Maker and","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLearn robotics through magic, or enhance your magic with robotics! This book is a beginner's guide to creating robotics-infused magic. You'll be introduced to simple DIY electronics and Arduino programming, and you will learn how to use those tools to create a treasure trove of magic bots and effects, with readily-sourced materials and everyday objects. It's magic through the lens of the Maker Movement, with a dedication to accessibility -- cardboard meets Arduino meets magic! All ages, backgrounds, and abilities will find clever, fun projects within these pages that challenge their creativity and explode their imagination.","brand":"O'Reilly Media","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48868032774487,"sku":"9781680457124","price":16.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781680457124.jpg?v=1722286104"},{"product_id":"essential-555-ic-design-configure-and-create-clever-circuits-9781680507836","title":"Essential 555 IC: Design, Configure, and Create","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLearn how to create functional gadgets using simple but clever circuits based on the venerable \"555.\" These projects will give you hands-on experience with useful, basic circuits that will aid you across other projects. These inspiring designs might even lead you to develop the next big thing. The 555 Timer Oscillator Integrated Circuit chip is one of the most popular chips in the world. Through clever projects, you will gain permanent knowledge of how to use the 555 timer will carry with you for life.  With this book you'll build a series of unique and useful projects. Each one gets more and more complicated, and you'll learn more as you go along.  Start off with a basic 555 timer IC design concept to build a simple project. Learn how to create a simple form of digital memory that can store data, the basis of every computer system ever created. Build a collection of lighting effect circuits that will flash and animate LEDs in different ways. Use a simple configuration of the 555 timer IC to create a complex traffic light system. You'll even create sound with an audio synthesizer!  No programming is needed to make startlingly functional electronic devices.  Get started today building the next big thing. Or even the next small thing. But build some thing!  What You Need:  The only physical things people need are the parts to build the projects, which are labeled out with part numbers in the beginning of each project. Otherwise, only an hour here or there is needed to build these projects. Only some familiarity with electrical components is necessary in regards to purchasing for each project.","brand":"The Pragmatic Programmers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48868033888599,"sku":"9781680507836","price":15.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781680507836.jpg?v=1722286107"},{"product_id":"the-official-raspberry-pi-beginners-guide-how-to-use-your-new-computer-9781912047260","title":"The Official Raspberry Pi Beginner's Guide: How","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRaspberry Pi is a small, clever, British-built computer that's packed with potential. Made using a desktop-class, energy-efficient processor, Raspberry Pi is designed to help you learn coding, discover how computers work, and build your own amazing things. This book was written to show you just how easy it is to get started. Learn how to set up your Raspberry Pi, install its operating system, and start using this fully functional computer.  Start coding projects, with step-by-step guides using the Scratch 3, Python, and MicroPython programming languages. Experiment with connecting electronic components, and have fun creating amazing projects.  This revised edition is updated for the latest Raspberry Pi computers: Raspberry Pi 5 and Raspberry Pi Zero 2 W as well as the latest Raspberry Pi OS. It also includes a new chapter on the Raspberry Pi Pico!\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eChapter 1: Get to know your Raspberry Pi Chapter 2: Getting started with your Raspberry Pi Chapter 3: Using your Raspberry Pi Chapter 4: Programming with Scratch 3 Chapter 5: Programming with Python Chapter 6: Physical computing with Scratch and Python Chapter 7: Physical computing with the Sense HAT Chapter 8: Raspberry Pi Camera Modules Chapter 9: Raspberry Pi Pico and Pico W Appendix A: Install an operating system to a microSD card Appendix B: Installing and uninstalling software Appendix C: The command-line interface Appendix D: Further reading Appendix E: Raspberry Pi Configuration Tool Appendix F: Raspberry Pi specifications","brand":"Raspberry Pi Press","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48868990222679,"sku":"9781912047260","price":19.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781912047260.jpg?v=1722290715"},{"product_id":"chip-war-9781982172008","title":"Chip War","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","brand":"Simon \u0026 Schuster","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48869306532183,"sku":"9781982172008","price":20.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781982172008.jpg?v=1722292089"},{"product_id":"the-official-bbc-microbit-user-guide-9781119386735","title":"The Official BBC microbit User Guide","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe go-to guide to getting started with micro:bit and exploring all of the mini-computer's amazing capabilities   The micro:bit is a pocket-sized electronic development platform built with education in mind.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eForeword xi\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroduction xiii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart I\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 1 Meet the BBC micro:bit 3\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA Tour of the Board 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBreaking It Down 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDisplay 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eButtons 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProcessor 8\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRadio 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAccelerometer 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCompass 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInput-Output Pins 12\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMicro-USB Port 13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBattery Connector 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 2 Getting Started with the BBC micro:bit 17\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHandling the BBC micro:bit 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePowering the BBC micro:bit 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUSB Power 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBattery Power 20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGreetings from the BBC micro:bit 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSigns of Life 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTesting the Buttons 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMotion Gaming 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGet Coding 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eResetting the BBC micro:bit 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 3 Programming the BBC micro:bit 27\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUSB Connectivity 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDrag-and-Drop 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAutomatic Flashing 31\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Code Editor 32\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDownloading Your Program 33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAbout Flash Memory 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart II\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 4 Programming Languages 41\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAbout Programming Languages 41\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Three Main BBC micro:bit Languages 42\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eJavaScript Blocks 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eJavaScript 44\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePython 45\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eComparing Programming Languages 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChoosing a Programming Language 48\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOther Programming Languages 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 5 JavaScript Blocks 51\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroducing the JavaScript Blocks Editor 51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProgram 1: ‘Hello, World!’ 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLoops 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProgram 2: Button Inputs 58\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMultiple Buttons 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProgram 3: Touch Inputs 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eVariables 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProgram 4: The Temperature Sensor 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFormatting the Output 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProgram 5: The Compass Sensor 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProgram 6: The Accelerometer Sensor 70\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDelays 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReading Raw Accelerometer Data 74\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProgram 7: The Fruit Catcher Game 76\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Setup 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Main Program Loop 78\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConditional Loops 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConditional Statements 82\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Control Events 84\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther Steps 86\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 6 JavaScript 87\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroducing the JavaScript Editor 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProgram 1: ‘Hello, World!’ 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLoops 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProgram 2: Button Inputs 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMultiple Buttons 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProgram 3: Touch Inputs 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eVariables 99\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProgram 4: The Temperature Sensor 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFormatting the Output 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProgram 5: The Compass Sensor 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProgram 6: The Accelerometer Sensor 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDelays 109\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReading Raw Accelerometer Data 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProgram 7: The Fruit Catcher Game 112\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Setup 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Main Program Loop 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Conditional Loops 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Conditional Statements 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Control Events 120\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther Steps 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 7 Python 125\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroducing the Python Editor 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProgram 1: ‘Hello, World!’ 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLoops 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProgram 2: Button Inputs 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMultiple Buttons 136\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProgram 3: Touch Inputs 137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eVariables 138\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProgram 4: The Temperature Sensor 141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFormatting the Output 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProgram 5: The Compass Sensor 143\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProgram 6: The Accelerometer Sensor 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDelays 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReading Raw Accelerometer Data 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProgram 7: The Fruit Catcher Game 150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Setup 150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Main Program Loop 153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConditional Loops 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConditional Statements 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDrawing the Sprites 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFinishing the Program 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther Steps 160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart III\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 8 The Wireless BBC micro:bit 163\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe BBC micro:bit Radio 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProgram 1: One-to-One Communication 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProgram 2: One-to-Many Communication 167\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProgram 3: Radio Groups 169\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTesting the Group Feature 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing the BBC micro:bit with a Smartphone or Tablet 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 9 The BBC micro:bit and the Raspberry Pi 175\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAbout the Raspberry Pi 176\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConnecting the Raspberry Pi to the BBC micro:bit 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReading from the BBC micro:bit 180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing the BBC micro:bit Display 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePractical Example: A CPU Monitor 189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 10 Building Circuits 193\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eElectronic Equipment 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Input-Output Pins 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Large Pins 197\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Small Pins 199\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSerial Peripheral Interface (SPI) 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUniversal Asynchronous Receiver\/Transmitter (UART) 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eYour First Circuits 202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReading from a Button Input 202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReading Resistor Colour Codes 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWriting to an LED Output 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFading an LED via PWM 211\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReading an Analogue Input 213\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 11 Extending the BBC micro:bit 217\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExtending via Breakout Boards 217\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKitronik Edge Connector Breakout Board 218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eScienceScope Micro:bit Breakout Board 219\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProto-Pic Bread:Bit 220\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProto-Pic Exhi:Bit 220\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRobotics and the BBC micro:bit 222\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKitronik Line-Following Buggy 222\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKitronik Motor Driver Board 223\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTechnology Will Save Us Micro:Bot 224\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4tronix Bit:Bot 225\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBinaryBots 226\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOther BBC micro:bit Add-Ons 227\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKitronik Mi:Power 227\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProto-Pic Micro:Pixel Board 228\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProto-Pic Simon:Says Board 229\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4tronix Bit:2:Pi Board 230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKitronik Mi:Pro Protector and Mi:Power Cases 231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 12 The Wearable BBC micro:bit 233\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdvantages of the Wearable BBC micro:bit 234\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConductive Thread 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Conductive Thread 237\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Rain-Sensing Hat 241\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBuilding the Hat 242\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMounting the BBC micro:bit 244\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Rain-Sensing Program 245\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBattery Power 246\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 13 Additional Resources 249\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Micro:bit Educational Foundation 249\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOfficial Teaching Resources 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThird-Party Teaching Resources 252\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Institution of Engineering and Technology 252\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eComputing At School 253\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMicro:bit for Primary Schools 253\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTES Magazine 255\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCode Clubs 256\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart IV\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix A JavaScript Blocks Recipes 259\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix B JavaScript Recipes 267\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix C Python Recipes 275\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix D Pin-Out Listing 285\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 289\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48885275427159,"sku":"9781119386735","price":17.09,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781119386735.jpg?v=1722535684"},{"product_id":"continuous-integration-ci-and-continuous-delivery-cd-9781484292273","title":"Continuous Integration CI and Continuous Delivery","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUse continuous Integration (CI) and continuous delivery (CD) to improve the speed of software delivery. This book presents a game changer-how to use pipelines to automate the software delivery process. The theories about CI\/CD are much the same, but the book covers what the development of pipelines looks like and how testing of pipelines themselves should be performed.\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMost teams just plunge into coding, without thinking about the CI\/CD process itself. Why don''t we use the same development method for pipelines that we use for apps? \u003c\/p\u003ePipelines code development undergoes similar stages as application code development, such as requirements analysis, development, testing, implementation, operations, and monitoring. This is the starting point of the book. It describes the current challenges with pipeline development and how this process can be improved and structured. It describes in detail how to design pipelines and shows examples in BPMN 2.0 notation.\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 1. The CI\/CD pitfall\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cp\u003eChallenges\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 2. Concepts\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003ePrinciples\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003ePositioning of CI\/CD\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eApplication Lifecycle Management (ALM)\u003c\/p\u003e  CI\/CD strategy \u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eNaming convention \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 3. Requirements analysis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eGeneric\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eWorkflow \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eTechnology \u003c\/p\u003e  Information\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eSecurity \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eResource constraints\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eManageability \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eOperations\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eQuality Assurance\u003c\/p\u003e  Metrics\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eMonitoring\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eGovernance\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 4. Pipeline design\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eCI\/CD and pipeline design approach\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eBPMN 2.0\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eBPMN elements overview \u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eBPMN in action\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eLevel of detail \u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eLogical design versus realization \u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe Generic CI\/CD Pipeline \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eValidate entry criteria\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eExecute build \u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003ePerform unit tests\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eAnalyze code\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003ePackage artifact\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003ePublish artifact\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eProvision test environment\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eDeploy artifact to test\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003ePerform test \u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ci\u003eValidate infrastructure compliancy \u003c\/i\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eValidate exit criteria \u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003ePerform dual control \u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eProvision production environment \u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eDeploy artifact to production\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eNotify actor\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eDesign strategies\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eContext diagram\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eBranching strategy\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eTrunk-based workflow\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eFeature branch workflow \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eGitflow\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eBuild strategy\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eBuild time – Vertical scaling\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eBuild time – Full builds versus incremental builds \u003c\/p\u003e  Build time – Parallel builds\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eBuild targets \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eCross-platform builds \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eMulti-team build strategy\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eTest strategy \u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eAutomated versus manual tests\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eFunctional versus non-functional tests \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eParallel execution versus sequential execution \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eManual tests performed by specialists\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eLong execution time versus short execution time \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eProduction deployment strategy\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eRecreate deployment strategy \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eBlue\/green deployment\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eCanary testing deployment \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eA\/B test strategy\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eSeparation of concerns\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  Delegation \u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eApplication architecture \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eOrchestrator\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eEvent-based CI\/CD\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eResource constraints\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eParallelize stages and tasks \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eTimeboxed delivery \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eCommercial of the Shelf \u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 5. Pipeline development\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003ePipeline specification \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eMulti-branch, multi-stage pipeline\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eUser interface-based pipelines\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eScripted pipelines\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eDeclarative pipelines \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eDeclarative Jenkins pipeline \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eDeclarative Azure DevOps pipeline \u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eRepositories - Everything as code (EaC) \u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eDevelopment in the value streams\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eSimplified pipeline development\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eExtended pipeline development \u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eAdvanced pipeline development\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eDevelop a base pipeline \u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003ePipeline generation \u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003ePipeline of pipelines (DevOps assembly line)\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eTrigger\u003c\/p\u003e  Validate entry criteria\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eExecute build \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003ePerform unit tests\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eAnalyze code\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003ePackage artifact \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003ePublish artifact\u003c\/p\u003e  Provision test environment \u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eDeploy artifact to test\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003ePerform test\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eValidate infrastructure compliancy \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eDeploy artifact to production\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eNotify actor\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eConstructs\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eTriggers\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eExecution environment \u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eConnections\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eConditions and conditional variables \u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eMatrix \u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eDeployment strategy \u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eAuto-cancel\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eOn success\/failure \u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eFail fast \u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003ePriority \u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eParallelism \u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eShards\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eTemplates\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eDecorator\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eGates and approvals\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eWorkflow\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003ePlugins\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eFeature management\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThird-party libraries and containers\u003c\/p\u003e  Versioning and tagging \u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eEnvironment repository \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eSecrets management\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eSustainable pipeline development\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 6. Test pipelines\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eTestability of pipelines\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eUnit tests \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003ePerformance tests\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003ePipeline compliance\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eAcceptance tests\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 7. Pipeline implementation \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eOrganizational preparations \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eCI\/CD Infrastructure preparations\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eSystem \u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eSecurity\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eTarget environment preparations \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eSystem \u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eSecurity\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003ePipeline preparations\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eRelease note \u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eRunbook \u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eArtifact promotion\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cb\u003eChapter 8. Operate and monitor\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eOperations\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eMonitoring\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eSystems monitoring\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003ePlatform monitoring \u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eSecurity monitoring \u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eShare information\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eEvents, alerts, incidents and notifications\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eReferences\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"APress","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48885832089943,"sku":"9781484292273","price":49.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781484292273.jpg?v=1722537857"},{"product_id":"essentials-of-arduino-boards-programming-9781484295991","title":"Essentials of Arduino Boards Programming","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLearn to use the Arduino boards to do big jobs in a simple way. This book is full of real-world examples for Arduino enthusiasts of all experience levels. All of the examples in this book use Arduino UNO, which is an excellent option for educational purposes.You'll start with an introduction to Arduino and see firsthand how its free multi-platform integrated development environment (IDE) makes coding easier. In many cases, you can edit the given codes to solve your own problems. ?Arduino boards use a variety of microcontrollers and each board is suitable for a specific application. The Arduino IDE is also preloaded with a broad library of codes that you can modify and practice with. So instead of coding from scratch you can adjust the codes for similar projects. More experienced users will save time by simply copying nuggets of code from the various libraries.   You'll also learn about digital input\/output (I\/O), analog-to-digital and digital-to-analog converters, LCDs and EEPROM. The \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eChapter 1: Introduction to Arduino Boards.- Chapter 2: Digital Input Output (I\/O).- Chapter 3: Analog to Digital Converter (ADC) and Digital to Analog Converter (DAC).- Chapter 4: LCD and EEPROM.- Chapter 5: Serial Communication.- Chapter 6: Mathematical Functions.- Chapter 7: Pulse Width Modulation (PWM).- Chapter 8: Control of Different Type of Motors.- Chapter 9: Interrupts and Internal Comparator.-  Chapter 10: Timers.- Chapter 11: Reading Different Sensors with Arduino.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"APress","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48885833597271,"sku":"9781484295991","price":33.74,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781484295991.jpg?v=1722537860"},{"product_id":"raspberry-pi-3-in-easy-steps-9781840787290","title":"Raspberry Pi 3 in Easy Steps","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Raspberry Pi is an inexpensive programmable credit-card sized computer that plugs into your TV and a keyboard. It can be used for many of the things that your PC does, like spreadsheets, word-processing and playing games, but its real purpose is to inspire children (and adults) to learn how to program. Over five million Raspberry Pis have been sold worldwide, so far!\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRaspberry Pi 3 in easy steps\u003c\/strong\u003e starts with the basic components youll need, setting up the system and logging into the console. Then, \u003cstrong\u003ein easy steps\u003c\/strong\u003e, it introduces you to the Raspbian operating system that is optimized for the Raspberry Pi. Youll learn how to customize the look and feel of your system, how to navigate the file system, and how to use the powerful system shell to make things happen for you. The new GPIO interface is fully described, and the new NOOBS installer is also described for setup. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRaspberry Pi 3 in easy steps\u003c\/strong\u003e enables complete beginners to create their very own computer programs with the Scratch visual programming environment. It also instructs programming in the high-level (human-readable) Python programming language, which is processed by the Python interpreter to produce results fast. Examples demonstrate how to use the included Python pygame module, to make your own games, and how to use the included Tkinter module to create graphical windowed apps. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRaspberry Pi 3 in easy steps\u003c\/strong\u003e also illustrates how to control electrical input and output on the Raspberry Pi header from Python scripts, including lighting a lamp, adding more buttons and controlling projects. With the knowledge gained from this book the reader can confidently advance to any future electronic Raspberry Pi project or other explore other programming environments. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eCovers the latest versions of Python.\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"In Easy Steps Limited","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48888021582167,"sku":"9781840787290","price":10.44,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781840787290.jpg?v=1722547376"},{"product_id":"getting-started-with-enterprise-internet-of-things-design-approaches-and-software-architecture-models-9783030309442","title":"Getting Started with Enterprise Internet of","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis novel textbook introduces Enterprise Internet of Things from technology, management and business perspectives, carefully examining enterprise environments through the lens of modernization with the Internet of Things (IoT). It also includes detailed case studies to offer meaningful insights for readers from various disciplines and areas.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe book analyzes the ways in which the technology could contribute to the enterprise world in terms of revenue and new business models, and addresses the strategies and principles involved in developing IoT solutions with software engineering practices such as DevOps and Micro services architecture principles. By doing so, it offers readers a clear overview of the power of Internet of Things in building next generation enterprise use cases.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe book enables readers to understand the latest opportunities to create new business models in enterprises using the unprecedented level of device connectivity, and the wealth of data generated and information exchange among these devices. As such, it appeals to various user groups, such as engineers trying to solve problems in their own domains using Enterprise IoT, academics interested in gaining a better understanding of applications of IoT in large-scale enterprises, and researchers wanting to contribute to the ever-growing and complex area of IoT.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Springer Nature Switzerland AG","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48889011339607,"sku":"9783030309442","price":67.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9783030309442.jpg?v=1722552255"},{"product_id":"truth-and-fake-in-the-post-factual-digital-age-distinctions-in-the-humanities-and-it-sciences-9783658404055","title":"Truth and Fake in the Post-Factual Digital Age:","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe increase in fake news, the growing influence on elections, increasing false reports and targeted disinformation campaigns are not least a consequence of advancing digitalisation. Information technology is needed to put a stop to these undesirable developments. With intelligent algorithms and refined data analysis, fakes must be detected more quickly in the future and their spread prevented. However, in order to meaningfully recognize and filter fakes by means of artificial intelligence, it must be possible to distinguish fakes from facts, facts from fictions, and fictions from fakes. This book therefore also asks questions about the distinctions of fake, factual and fictional. The underlying theories of truth are discussed, and practical-technical ways of differentiating truth from falsity are outlined. By considering the fictional as well as the assumption that information-technical further development can profit from humanities knowledge, the authors hope that content-related, technical and methodological challenges of the present and future can be overcome.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIntroduction - Truth relativism, scientific skepticism and the political consequences - Of Fakes and Frauds: Can scientific \"hoaxes\" be a legitimate tool of knowledge? - Fiction, Fake and Fact - Stranger than Fiction - The Marxist-Leninist Definition of Fascism and the Building of the Wall - Beware: possible \"Fake News\" - a technical approach to early detection - Countering Fake News technically - Detection and treatment approaches to support users - NewsDeps: Visualizing the Origin of Information in News Articles","brand":"Springer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48889199690071,"sku":"9783658404055","price":29.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9783658404055.jpg?v=1722553220"},{"product_id":"silicon-valley-cybersecurity-conference-second-conference-svcc-2021-san-jose-ca-usa-december-2-3-2021-revised-selected-papers-9783030960568","title":"Silicon Valley Cybersecurity Conference: Second","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book constitutes selected and revised papers from the Second Silicon Valley Cybersecurity Conference, held in San Jose, USA, in December 2021. Due to the COVID-19 pandemic the conference was held in a virtual format. \u003cbr\u003eThe 9 full papers and one shoprt paper presented in this volume were thoroughly reviewed and selected from 15 submissions. They present most recent research on dependability, reliability, and security to address cyber-attacks, vulnerabilities, faults, and errors in networks and systems. \u003cbr\u003eChapters 1, 4, 5, 6, and 8-10 are published open access under a CC BY license (Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License).\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMachine Learning for Security.- Encryption.- Miscellaneous Security.","brand":"Springer Nature Switzerland AG","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49084752298327,"sku":"9783030960568","price":21.53,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9783030960568.jpg?v=1725553227"},{"product_id":"designing-modern-embedded-systems-software-hardware-and-applications-9783031342165","title":"Designing Modern Embedded Systems Software","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book constitutes the refereed proceedings of the 7th IFIP TC 10 International Embedded Systems Symposium, IESS 2022, held in Lippstadt, Germany, during November 3-4, 2022.    The 10 full revised papers and 2 short papers presented were carefully reviewed and selected from 13 submissions.","brand":"Springer International Publishing AG","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49084757967191,"sku":"9783031342165","price":67.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9783031342165.jpg?v=1725553243"},{"product_id":"understanding-computer-organization-9783031580741","title":"Understanding Computer Organization","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e1. Main Memory.- 2. Buses.- 3. Interrupts and interrupt handling.- 4. Direct memory access.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Springer International Publishing AG","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49084760195415,"sku":"9783031580741","price":42.74,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9783031580741.jpg?v=1725553251"},{"product_id":"a-hobbyists-guide-to-thea500-mini-9781837912216","title":"A Hobbyist's Guide to THEA500 Mini","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","brand":"Andrews UK Limited","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49372581101911,"sku":"9781837912216","price":13.29,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781837912216.jpg?v=1730163436"},{"product_id":"guide-to-computer-processor-architecture-a-risc-v-approach-with-high-level-synthesis-9783031180224","title":"Guide to Computer Processor Architecture: A","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis unique, accessible textbook presents a succession of implementations of the open-source RISC-V processor.  Implementations are offered in increasing difficulty (non-pipelined, pipelined, deeply pipelined, multi-threaded, multicore).\u003cbr\u003eEach implementation is shown as a High-Level Synthesis (HLS) code in C++.  This facilitates synthesis and testing on an FPGA-based development board (Such a board can be freely obtained from the Xilinx University Program targeting university professors).\u003cbr\u003eThe book can be useful for several reasons. First, it is a novel way to introduce computer architecture: The codes given can serve as labs for a processor architecture course. Second, the book content is based on the RISC-V Instruction Set Architecture, which is an open-source machine language promising to become the main machine language to be taught, replacing DLX and MIPS. Third, all the designs are implemented through the HLS tool, which is able to translate a C program into an intellectual property (IP).  Lastly, HLS will become the new standard for IP implementations, replacing Verilog\/VHDL; already there are job positions tied to HLS, with the argument of rapid IP development.\u003cbr\u003eHence, in addition to offering undergraduates a firm introduction, the textbook\/guide can also serve engineers willing to implement processors on FPGA, as well as researchers willing to develop RISC-V based hardware simulators.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eBernard Goossens\u003c\/b\u003e is Professor in the Faculty of Sciences at the Université de Perpignan, France.  He is author of the French-language book from Springer, \u003ci\u003eArchitecture et microarchitecture des processeurs\u003c\/i\u003e, 2002.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePart I. Single core processors.- 1. Getting Ready.- 2.  Building a RISC-V Processor.- 3. Building a Pipelined RISC-V Processor.- 4. Building a RISC-V Processor with a Multi-cycle Pipeline.- 5.  Building a RISC-V Processor with a Multiple Hart Pipeline.- Part II. Multiple core processors.- 6. Connecting IPs.- 7. A Multi-core RISC-V Processor.- 8. A Multi-core RISC-V Processor with Multi-hart Cores.","brand":"Springer International Publishing AG","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49396273152343,"sku":"9783031180224","price":46.76,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9783031180224.jpg?v=1730415326"},{"product_id":"wiley-pathways-personal-computer-hardware-essentials-9780470074008","title":"Wiley Pathways Personal Computer Hardware","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFrom multicore CPUs and SATA hard drives to PCIe expansion buses and peripherals, this text offers practical and concise explanations of contemporary and popular PC hardware. Along with detailed coverage of essential A+ hardware topics, students will find an indispensable guide to building, maintaining, upgrading, and troubleshooting desktop computers and laptops.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Packaged Set (Text + PC Hardware Essentials Project Manual): 0470-221089\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1. Understanding and Working with Personal Computers\u003cbr\u003e 2. Electricity and Power\u003cbr\u003e 3. Motherboards\u003cbr\u003e 4. Central Processing Units\u003cbr\u003e 5. Memory\u003cbr\u003e 6. Bus Structures\u003cbr\u003e 7. Hard Drives\u003cbr\u003e 8. Removable Storage\u003cbr\u003e 9. Input and Output Devices\u003cbr\u003e 10. Printers\u003cbr\u003e 11. Portable Systems\u003cbr\u003e 12. Network Fundamentals","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49402279788887,"sku":"9780470074008","price":88.3,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780470074008.jpg?v=1730479930"},{"product_id":"collaborative-process-improvement-9780470084601","title":"Collaborative Process Improvement","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis practical, user-friendly handbook specifically addresses software companies that are interested in implementing effective improvement processes into the daily work life of every employee. A wealth of checklists, templates, exercises, tips, and pitfalls to avoid make it easy for readers to integrate quality awareness into their organization's day-to-day processes at every level.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTrade Review\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\"..perfectly suitable for an audience with no or little previous knowledge…experienced readers can also find…reading it worthwhile.\" (\u003ci\u003eComputing Reviews.com\u003c\/i\u003e, June 22, 2007)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eList of Figures.  \u003cp\u003ePreface.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHow to Read This Book.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroduction.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSpecial Thanks and Acknowledgments.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 1. Your World-Understanding Your Situation and Preparing First Steps.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 2. Welcome to the World-Establishing Advocates and Champions.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 3. Drawing Your Map-Initiating your CPI Program.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 4. World Vision-Training the Organization.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 5. World Views-Addressing the Capital Q.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 6. Around the World-Acknowledging Cultural Diversity.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 7. Move Your World-Managing Change.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 8. Rock Your World-Encouraging Process Perpetual Motion.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 9. Your World of Influence-Sneezing and Spreading the Improvement Virus.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 10. World Climate-Checking for Vital Signs.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 11. World Health-Evaluating Progress.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 12. World News-Rewarding and Recognizing Work.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 13. Modern World-Building Meaningful Quality Pictures.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 14. One World-Uniting Your Change Maps with the New World View.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDefinitions.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcronyms.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences and Resources.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49402281165143,"sku":"9780470084601","price":72.86,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780470084601.jpg?v=1730479935"},{"product_id":"the-grid-core-technologies-9780470094174","title":"The Grid Core Technologies","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book gives readers a complete, clear and practical understanding of the technologies that enable the hot topic of Grid computing.   It systematically explains OGSA (Open Grid Service Architecture), Web Service technologies (SOAP, WSDL, UDDI), GMA (Grid Monitoring Architecture), Grid Portals, Grid Workflow.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTrade Review\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\"It could serve as a good textbook and would certainly be a good addition to the reference libraries of technologists, academics, and students.\" (\u003ci\u003eIEEE Distributed Systems Online\u003c\/i\u003e, December 2006)  \u003cp\u003e\"…lots of valuable information.\" (\u003ci\u003eComputing Reviews.com\u003c\/i\u003e, May 11, 2006)\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\"…a complete, clear, systematic, and practical understanding of the technologies that enable the Grid.\" (\u003ci\u003eIEEE Computer Magazine\u003c\/i\u003e, August 2005)\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\"…a good addition to the reference library…\" (\u003ci\u003eIEEE DS Online\u003c\/i\u003e, January 2007)\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eAbout the Authors xiii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePreface xv\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgements xix\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eList of Abbreviations xxi\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 An Introduction to the Grid 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Introduction 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Characterization of the Grid 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Grid-Related Standards Bodies 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 The Architecture of the Grid 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5 References 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart One System Infrastructure 9\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 OGSA and WSRF 11\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLearning Objectives 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter Outline 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Introduction 12\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Traditional Paradigms for Distributed Computing 13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.1 Socket programming 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.2 RPC 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.3 Java RMI 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.4 DCOM 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.5 CORBA 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.6 A summary on Java RMI, DCOM and CORBA 20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Web Services 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.1 SOAP 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.2 WSDL 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.3 UDDI 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.4 WS-Inspection 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.5 WS-Inspection and UDDI 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.6 Web services implementations 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.7 How Web services benefit the Grid 33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 OGSA 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.1 Service instance semantics 35\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.2 Service data semantics 37\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.3 OGSA portTypes 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.4 A further discussion on OGSA 40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 The Globus Toolkit 3 (GT3) 40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.1 Host environment 41\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.2 Web services engine 42\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.3 Grid services container 42\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.4 GT3 core services 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.5 GT3 base services 44\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.6 The GT3 programming model 50\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6 OGSA-DAI 53\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6.1 OGSA-DAI portTypes 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6.2 OGSA-DAI functionality 56\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6.3 Services interaction in the OGSA-DAI 58\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6.4 OGSA-DAI and DAIS 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7 WSRF 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7.1 An introduction to WSRF 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7.2 WSRF and OGSI\/GT3 66\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7.3 WSRF and OGSA 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7.4 A summary of WSRF 70\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.8 Chapter Summary 70\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.9 Further Reading and Testing 72\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.10 Key Points 72\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.11 References 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 The Semantic Grid and Autonomic Computing 77\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLearning Outcomes 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter Outline 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Introduction 78\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Metadata and Ontology in the Semantic Web 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.1 RDF 81\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.2 Ontology languages 83\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.3 Ontology editors 87\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.4 A summary of Web ontology languages 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Semantic Web Services 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1 DAML-S 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.2 OWL-S 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 A Layered Structure of the Semantic Grid 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 Semantic Grid Activities 92\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.1 Ontology-based Grid resource matching 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.2 Semantic workflow registration and discovery in myGrid 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.3 Semantic workflow enactment in Geodise 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.4 Semantic service annotation and adaptation in ICENI 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.5 PortalLab – A Semantic Grid portal toolkit 99\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.6 Data provenance on the Grid 106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.7 A summary on the Semantic Grid 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6 Autonomic Computing 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6.1 What is autonomic computing? 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6.2 Features of autonomic computing systems 109\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6.3 Autonomic computing projects 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6.4 A vision of autonomic Grid services 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7 Chapter Summary 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.8 Further Reading and Testing 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.9 Key Points 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.10 References 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart Two Basic Services 121\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Grid Security 123\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Introduction 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 A Brief Security Primer 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Cryptography 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.1 Introduction 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2 Symmetric cryptosystems 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.3 Asymmetric cryptosystems 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.4 Digital signatures 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.5 Public-key certificate 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.6 Certification Authority (CA) 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.7 Firewalls 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Grid Security 134\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.1 The Grid Security Infrastructure (GSI) 134\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.2 Authorization modes in GSI 136\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 Putting it all Together 140\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.1 Getting an e-Science certificate 140\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.2 Managing credentials in Globus 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.3 Generate a client proxy 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.4 Firewall traversal 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6 Possible Vulnerabilities 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.1 Authentication 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.2 Proxies 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.3 Authorization 150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.7 Summary 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.8 Acknowledgements 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.9 Further Reading 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.10 References 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Grid Monitoring 153\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Introduction 153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Grid Monitoring Architecture (GMA) 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.1 Consumer 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.2 The Directory Service 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.3 Producers 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.4 Monitoring data 159\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Review Criteria 161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.1 Scalable wide-area monitoring 161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.2 Resource monitoring 161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.3 Cross-API monitoring 161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.4 Homogeneous data presentation 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.5 Information searching 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.6 Run-time extensibility 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.7 Filtering\/fusing of data 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.8 Open and standard protocols 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.9 Security 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.10 Software availability and dependencies 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.11 Projects that are active and supported; plus licensing 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 An Overview of Grid Monitoring Systems 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.1 Autopilot 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.2 Control and Observation in Distributed Environments (CODE) 168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.3 GridICE 172\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.4 Grid Portals Information Repository (GPIR) 176\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.5 GridRM 180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.6 Hawkeye 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.7 Java Agents for Monitoring and Management (JAMM) 189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.8 MapCenter 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.9 Monitoring and Discovery Service (MDS3) 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.10 Mercury 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.11 Network Weather Service 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.12 The Relational Grid Monitoring Architecture (R-GMA) 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.13 visPerf 214\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Other Monitoring Systems 217\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.1 Ganglia 217\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.2 GridMon 219\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.3 GRM\/PROVE 220\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.4 Nagios 221\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.5 NetLogger 222\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.6 SCALEA-G 223\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6 Summary 225\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.1 Resource categories 225\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.2 Native agents 225\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.3 Architecture 226\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.4 Interoperability 226\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.5 Homogeneous data presentation 226\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.6 Intrusiveness of monitoring 227\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.7 Information searching and retrieval 231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7 Chapter Summary 233\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.8 Further Reading and Testing 236\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.9 Key Points 236\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.10 References 236\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart Three Job Management and User Interaction 241\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Grid Scheduling and Resource Management 243\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLearning Objectives 243\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter Outline 243\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Introduction 244\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Scheduling Paradigms 245\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.1 Centralized scheduling 245\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.2 Distributed scheduling 246\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.3 Hierarchical scheduling 248\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 How Scheduling Works 248\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1 Resource discovery 248\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2 Resource selection 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3 Schedule generation 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.4 Job execution 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 A Review of Condor, SGE, PBS and LSF 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.1 Condor 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.2 Sun Grid Engine 269\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.3 The Portable Batch System (PBS) 274\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.4 LSF 279\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.5 A comparison of Condor, SGE, PBS and LSF 288\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 Grid Scheduling with QoS 290\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.1 AppLeS 291\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.2 Scheduling in GrADS 293\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.3 Nimrod\/G 293\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.4 Rescheduling 295\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.5 Scheduling with heuristics 296\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6 Chapter Summary 297\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.7 Further Reading and Testing 298\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.8 Key Points 298\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.9 References 299\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Workflow Management for the Grid 301\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLearning Outcomes 301\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter Outline 301\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Introduction 302\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 The Workflow Management Coalition 303\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.1 The workflow enactment service 305\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.2 The workflow engine 306\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.3 WfMC interfaces 308\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.4 Other components in the WfMC reference model 309\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.5 A summary of WfMC reference model 310\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Web Services-Oriented Flow Languages 310\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.1 XLANG 311\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.2 Web services flow language 311\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.3 WSCI 313\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.4 BPEL4WS 315\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.5 BPML 317\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.6 A summary of Web services flow languages 318\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 Grid Services-Oriented Flow Languages 318\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.1 GSFL 318\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.2 SWFL 321\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.3 GWEL 321\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.4 GALE 322\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.5 A summary of Grid services flow languages 323\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5 Workflow Management for the Grid 323\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.1 Grid workflow management projects 323\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.2 A summary of Grid workflow management 329\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6 Chapter Summary 330\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.7 Further Reading and Testing 331\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.8 Key Points 332\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.9 References 332\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Grid Portals 335\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLearning Outcomes 335\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter Outline 335\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Introduction 336\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 First-Generation Grid Portals 337\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1 A three-tiered architecture 337\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2 Grid portal services 338\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.3 First-generation Grid portal implementations 339\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.4 First-generation Grid portal toolkits 341\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.5 A summary of the four portal tools 348\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.6 A summary of first-generation Grid portals 349\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Second-Generation Grid Portals 350\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.1 An introduction to portlets 350\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.2 Portlet specifications 355\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.3 Portal frameworks supporting portlets 357\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.4 A Comparison of Jetspeed, WebSphere Portal and GridSphere 368\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.5 The development of Grid portals with portlets 369\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.6 A summary on second-generation Grid portals 371\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Chapter Summary 372\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5 Further Reading and Testing 373\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6 Key Points 373\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7 References 374\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart Four Applications 377\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Grid Applications – Case Studies 379\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLearning Objectives 379\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter Outline 379\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Introduction 380\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 GT3 Use Cases 380\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.1 GT3 in broadcasting 381\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.2 GT3 in software reuse 382\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.3 A GT3 bioinformatics application 387\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 OGSA-DAI Use Cases 387\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.1 eDiaMoND 387\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.2 ODD-Genes 388\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4 Resource Management Case Studies 388\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.1 The UCL Condor pool 388\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.2 SGE use cases 389\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5 Grid Portal Use Cases 390\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5.1 Chiron 390\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5.2 GENIUS 390\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6 Workflow Management – Discovery Net Use Cases 391\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6.1 Genome annotation 391\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6.2 SARS virus evolution analysis 391\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6.3 Urban air pollution monitoring 392\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6.4 Geo-hazard modelling 394\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.7 Semantic Grid – myGrid Use Case 394\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.8 Autonomic Computing – AutoMate Use Case 395\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.9 Conclusions 397\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.10 References 398\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGlossary 401\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 419\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49402285064535,"sku":"9780470094174","price":84.56,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780470094174.jpg?v=1730479946"},{"product_id":"windows-home-server-for-dummies-9780470185926","title":"Windows Home Server For Dummies","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIf you work in an office, you probably don't lose much sleep worrying about whether your files are safe if your PC melts down. Company IT departments handle those things for business networks.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eIntroduction 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAbout This Book 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFoolish Assumptions 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHow This Book Is Organized 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePart I: Getting Windows Home Server to Serve 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePart II: Setting Up the Network 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePart III: Making the Most of Multimedia 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePart IV: Sharing in the Wild 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePart V: Backing Up 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePart VI: Staying Alive and Well 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePart VII: The Part of Tens 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIcons Used in This Book 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhere to Go from Here 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart I: Getting Windows Home Server to Serve 7\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 1: Bringing Windows Home Server to Life 9\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhat Can You Do with Windows Home Server? 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBacking up and restoring 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSharing folders 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eManaging disks 12\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAccessing your network from far afield 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKeeping the home fires burning 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStreaming media 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHow Do You Control Windows Home Server? 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWelcome to the Console 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhat happens behind the scenes 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKnowing Windows Home Server’s Limitations 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhat Windows Home Server won’t do 20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTapping into previous versions of a file 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhat Hardware Do You Need? 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChoosing a Great Windows Home Server 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePositioning the Server in Your Home or Office 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 2: Installing the WHS Software 27\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDo You Need to Install Windows Home Server? 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePreparing to Install 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInstalling Windows Home Server 31\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart II: Setting Up the Network 37\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 3: Bringing Computers into the Home Server Fold 39\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKick-Starting the Network 39\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInstalling Windows Home Server Connector on a Windows XP Machine 42\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInstalling Windows Home Server Connector on a Windows Vista Machine 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring Windows Home Server 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 4: Adding Users and Controlling Passwords 55\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding User Control 56\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRaising the Bar for Passwords 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding New Users the Smart Way 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing the Guest Account 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSynchronizing Passwords 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChanging Passwords the Old-Fashioned Way 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOn the server 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIn Windows XP 72\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIn Windows Vista 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 5: Using Built-In Shared Folders 75\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOrganizing Files with Shared Folders 76\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFinding the Shared Folders 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOpening shared files on the server 78\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePinpointing each user’s shared folder 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eControlling Access to Shared Folders 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExperiencing folder permissions firsthand 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChanging shared folder permissions 82\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eControlling Shared Folders from the Console 84\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating new shared folders 86\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsin’ your noggin with sharin’ 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDuplicating Shared Folders 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart III: Making the Most of Multimedia 95\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 6: Sharing Music and Videos 97\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSharing from A to Z to PC to PC 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePlaying From (and With) the Server 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRipping to the Server 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSharing C.R.A.P Music on the Network 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 7: Recording and Playing TV 113\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding Windows Home Server and Recorded TV 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStoring Shows on Your Server 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating a shared home for recorded TV 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMoving recorded TV to the server 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRecording TV directly to the server 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eViewing TV Shows Stored on the Server 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhy WHS Doesn’t Back Up Recorded TV 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 8: Streaming with the Xbox 129\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing an Xbox in Server Land 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting Your Xbox to Play with the Server 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing a Media Center PC to Stream to an Xbox 137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConnecting an Xbox to a Media Center computer 137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePlaying media files with a connected Xbox 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 9: Nailing Down Your Photos 141\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing the Windows Tools 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eModifying XP for Shared Photos 144\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eViewing photos in the shared Photos folder 144\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMoving photos from your camera to the shared Photos folder 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eModifying the screen saver to use the shared Photos folder 153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eModifying Vista for Shared Photos 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eViewing photos in the shared Photos folder 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMoving photos directly from your camera to the shared Photos folder 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating a screen saver from the shared Photos folder 159\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart IV: Sharing in the Wild 163\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 10: Starting Remote Access 165\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRemote Access — the Good, the Bad, and the Really Frustrating 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAn Overview of Remote Access Setup 167\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting up the Server 169\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring Your Router 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEstablishing a Permanent Domain Name 176\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSpreading Out the Welcome Mat 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting Connected for the First Time — or Maybe Not 182\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMy Encounter with the Seventh Ring 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 11: Using Remote Access 189\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLogging on to Your Windows Home Server Remotely 190\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAccessing Shared Folders 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUploading files 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDownloading files 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting into the Windows Home Server Console 197\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePulling Puppet Strings on Your Home Network’s Computers 199\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReviewing the ground rules 200\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting logged on 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart V: Backing Up 205\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 12: Running Backups 207\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMired in Myriad Backups 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBacking up files on network computers 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBacking up shared folders with Folder Duplication 212\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eShadow copies in Windows Home Server 214\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding what Vista is backing up 214\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChecking Windows XP for backup routines 215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnraveling the Mess 216\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting Up Server Backups That Serve You 217\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBacking up on your time 218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChoosing what gets backed up 220\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKeeping backups 222\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChecking That Backups Run Smoothly 224\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 13: Restoring a Dead Computer from Backup 229\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDealing with Home Computer Restore Restrictions 230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRestoring a Hard Drive 231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRolling Your Own Home Computer Restore CD 238\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 14: Restoring Files from Backup 241\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRestoring a Backed-Up File 242\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRestoring a Shared Folder File with Windows XP, Media Center, or Tablet PC 246\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRestoring a Shared Folder File with Vista Business, Enterprise, or Ultimate 250\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 15: Backing Up the Server 255\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMapping Out Windows Home Server Storage 256\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Folder Duplication 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMaking Offsite Backups of Shared Files 258\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCopying files to an external drive 259\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChoosing an online backup provider 263\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart VI: Staying Alive and Well 265\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 16: Monitoring System Health 267\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding the Network Health Indicator 268\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhat Can Go Wrong? 271\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHow to Fix Health Problems 272\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 17: Breaking into the Server 277\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDeciding to Break In 278\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLogging On to the Server with RDP 280\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAttaching a Printer with RDP 283\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRestoring a Previous Version of a Shared File with RDP 286\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGiving Your Server a Permanent IP Address 290\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 18: Adding and Retiring Drives 293\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKnowing When and What to Feed the Maw 294\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding a New Internal Hard Drive 297\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding a New External Hard Drive 300\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRetiring an Old Drive Safely 302\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 19: Repairing and Recovering the Server 305\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDealing with Lost Passwords 306\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFixing a Broken Server Hard Drive 308\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePrimary versus secondary drives 309\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReplacing a broken secondary drive 310\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRepairing the primary drive 313\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart VII: The Part of Tens 319\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 20: Top Ten Health Traps Triaged 321\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNo Spyware Protection 322\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBackup Warning 323\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBackup Warning, New Hard Drive 325\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBackup Error 325\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBackup Server Error 326\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStorage Status, Not Enough Room 327\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStorage Status, Failing Hard Drive 328\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePasswords Do Not Match 329\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUpdates Are Ready 329\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAntivirus Out of Date 330\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 21: Ten More Tricks with Windows Home Server 331\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInstalling (and Uninstalling) Add-Ins 332\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLaunching Programs from Windows Home Server Console 334\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChanging Your Remote Access Page with Whiist 335\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRunning uTorrent on the Server 336\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWake on LAN for Home Server 336\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUploading Photos to Flickr with PhotoSync 337\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStreaming Away from Home with WebGuide 337\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStreaming to Your TiVo 338\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStreaming to Your Phone with LobsterTunes 338\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFinding More Add-Ins 339\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 341\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49402302202199,"sku":"9780470185926","price":16.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780470185926.jpg?v=1730479998"}],"url":"https:\/\/bookcurl.com\/collections\/computer-hardware.oembed?page=17","provider":"Book Curl","version":"1.0","type":"link"}